TM 3-4240-542-13&P M50 AND M51 JSGPM MAY 2008

ARMY AIR FORCE MARINE CORPS NAVY (NAVSEA)

TM 3-4240-542-13&P T.O. 14P4-20-1 TM 09204G/09205G-OI/1 S6470-AD-OMP-010

TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 (4240-01-512-4431) SMALL (4240-01-512-4434) MEDIUM (4240-01-512-4437) LARGE AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 (4240-01-512-4429) SMALL (4240-01-512-4435) MEDIUM (4240-01-512-4436) LARGE DISCLOSURE NOTICE – This information is furnished upon the condition that it will not be released to another nation without specific authority of the Department of the Army of the United States, that it will be used for military purposes only, that individual or corporate rights originating in the information, whether patented or not, will be respected, that the recipient will report promptly to the United States, any known or suspected compromise, and that the information will be provided substantially the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of the United States. Also, regardless of any other markings on the document, it will not be downgraded or declassified without written approval of the originating United States agency. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C – Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors. This publication is required for administrative and operational procedures, as determined on 16 April 2001. U.S. Army requests for this document will be referred to: US Army Research, Development and Engineering Command, Attn: AMSRD-ECB-ENA-L, 5183 Blackhawk Road, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5424. Marine Corps: Requests for this document will be referred to Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001. Air Force: WR-ALC/579CBSS/GBZAB, Robins AFB, GA 31098. Navy: Commander, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Panama City, Chemical Biological Individual Protection Branch, Building 49, 110 Vernon Ave, Panama City, FL 32407-7001. *This TM supersedes TM 3-4240-542-13&P dated 16 February 2007, including all changes. WARNING – This document contains export-controlled technical data whose export is restricted by the Army Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.S.S., Sec 2751 et seq) or Executive Order 12470. Violation of these export laws is subject to severe criminal penalties. DESTRUCTION NOTICE – Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, AIR FORCE, MARINE CORPS, AND NAVY 30 MAY 2008 PCN 184 092046 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

WARNING SUMMARY This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during the operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel. WARNING AND CAUTION STATEMENTS WARNING and CAUTION statements have been strategically placed throughout this text prior to operating or maintenance procedures, practices, or conditions considered essential to the protection of personnel (WARNING) or equipment and property (CAUTION). A WARNING or CAUTION will apply each time the related step is repeated. Prior to starting any task, the WARNINGs and CAUTIONs included in the text for that task must be reviewed and understood. The following statements are general precautions that personnel must understand and apply during operation and maintenance of the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 and the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51. Warfighters’ safety depends on a properly fitting facepiece. Injury or death can occur in a Nuclear, Biological, Chemical (NBC) environment if the mask does not fit properly. It is essential to conduct proper preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS). An improperly maintained or dirty mask may compromise its ability to provide you with maximum protection. Injury or death can occur without PMCS. If you have not used your mask for 30 days or more, perform all PMCS prior to using your mask. The mask is not intended for use in enclosed spaces or other areas where the air may be oxygen deficient. Do not test the mask in a closed, poorly ventilated area. The mask should be tested outdoors or in a well ventilated space. The Chemical-Biological (CB) mask has been tested and verified to protect against military CB agents, select toxic industrial chemicals, and radiological particulates. It will not act as a breathing device. Before donning and adjusting the mask, female warfighters will remove earrings, hair fasteners (hair clips, hair pins, combs, rubber bands), hair knots, buns, or braids that will interfere with the mask seal and let hair hang freely. When wearing the Ground Crew Ensemble, hair will be neatly tucked inside jacket. Facial hair could result in an improper mask fit resulting in illness or death. Ensure the mask has been properly fitted prior to combat operations to prevent extreme, abrupt motions from breaking the seal between your faceseal and your face. Contact lenses (soft or hard) may not be worn with CB Masks. Inadequate oxygen supply to the corneal surface, exposure to dust, dirt, and smoke or gas may cause serious vision loss or eye damage. Warfighters requiring vision correction are provided optical inserts for their protective masks by their unit medical facility. Do not use tissue paper or a paper towel to remove dirt or moisture from the outlet valve cover assembly, outlet disk valve or outlet valve seat. Paper may break up and lodge in the outlet disk valve area causing leakage. For each hazardous material used, a material safety data sheet (MSDS) is required to be provided and available for review. Consult your local safety and health staff concerning any questions on hazardous chemicals, MSDSs, personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements, and appropriate handling and emergency procedures.

a

TM 3-4240-542-13&P WARNING AND CAUTION STATEMENTS – Continued Filters must be changed out one at a time. The warfighter will be unable to breathe if both filters are removed from his/ her mask. Lack of oxygen for more than 30 seconds could lead to injury or death. The Warfighter must hold his/ her mask to his/ her face during filter removal and installation, to keep his/ her mask face seal from breaking. Breaking the mask face seal can allow contaminated air to enter the mask, resulting in injury or death. DO NOT remove M61 filters in a contaminated environment. The “Buddy System” (WP 0006 00) is the only exception to this rule. This procedure should only be accomplished if the warfighter cannot relocate to a clean environment due to mission or immediate filter malfunction Before stowing the mask, ensure that the cheek straps are not positioned below the M61 filters. Cheek straps positioned below the filters may stretch the mask causing improper chin placement; may induce buckling in the brow region causing improper seal; or may cause the cheek straps to catch underneath the filters delaying donning times resulting in illness or death

HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS There are twin M61 filters used with the M50/M51 facepiece assembly for CBRN protection, one positioned on each side of the mask. The M61 filter assembly bodies are constructed from injection-molded plastic. The M61 filters contain an activated carbon media and a high efficiency particulate filter. The M61 filters provide protection from NBC agents. The M61 filters do not contain or generate hazardous materials (that is, explosive, toxic, radioactive, carcinogenic or otherwise dangerous), but must continue to be disposed of in accordance with Federal, State and Local environmental laws. FIRST AID For information on first aid, see FM 21-11 (Army). For information on treatment of chemical exposure, refer to Treatment of Chemical Agent Casualties and Conventional Military Chemical Injuries, FM 8-285 (Army), AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force), FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps), and NAVMED P-5041 (Navy).

b

TM 3-4240-542-13&P LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES NOTE: This manual supersedes TM 3-4240-542-13&P dated 16 February 2007 Date of issue for revision is: Original: 30 May 2008 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 10 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 52 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: Page/ WP No. Cover Warnings List Of Eff. Pages Title Block Table Of Contents How To Use WP 0001 00 Chp 1 title page WP 0002 00 WP 0003 00 Chp 2 title page WP 0004 00 WP 0005 00 WP 0006 00 WP 0007 00 WP 0008 00 WP 0009 00 WP 0010 00 WP 0011 00 WP 0012 00 WP 0013 00 WP 0014 00 Chp 3 title page WP 0015 00 Chp 4 title page WP 0016 00 Chp 5 title page WP 0017 00 WP 0018 00 WP 0019 00 WP 0020 00 WP 0021 00 WP 0022 00 WP 0023 00 WP 0024 00

*Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Page/ WP No. WP 0025 00 WP 0026 00 WP 0027 00 WP 0028 00 WP 0029 00 WP 0030 00 WP 0031 00 WP 0032 00 WP 0033 00 WP 0034 00 Chp 6 title page WP 0035 00 WP 0036 00 WP 0037 00 WP 0038 00 WP 0039 00 WP 0040 00 WP 0041 00 WP 0042 00 WP 0043 00 WP 0044 00 Chp 7 title page WP 0045 00 WP 0046 00 WP 0047 00 WP 0048 00 WP 0049 00 WP 0050 00 WP 0051 00 WP 0052 00 Sample DA Form 2028 Blank DA Form 2028 Authentication Page Back Cover

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

A/B blank

*Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TM 3-4240-542-13&P HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, AIR FORCE, MARINE CORPS, AND NAVY WASHINGTON, D.C., 30 May 2008 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 (4240-01-512-4431) SMALL (4240-01-512-4434) MEDIUM (4240-01-512-4437) LARGE AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 (4240-01-512-4429) SMALL (4240-01-512-4435) MEDIUM (4240-01-512-4436) LARGE REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Army Users – mail your letter or DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), located in the back of this manual, directly to: Commander,.US Army Research, Development and Engineering Command, Attn: AMSRD-ECB-ENA-L, 5183 Blackhawk Road, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5424. A reply will be furnished to you. Marine Corps Users: submit NAVMC 10772 via internet website http://www.ala.usmc.mil. A paper copy may be mailed to Commander, MarCorSysCom, Attn: Assistant Commander Acq and Log (LOG/TP), 814 Radford Blvd, Suite 20343, Albany, Georgia 31704-0343. Air Force Users: Submit Air Force Technical Order Form (AFTO) Form 22, Technical Manual Change Recommendation and Reply, and submit IAW T.O. 00-5-1, Air Force Technical Order System. Navy Users: Commanding Officer, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Panama City, Chemical Biological Individual Protection Branch, Building 49, 110 Vernon Ave, Panama City, FL 32407-7001. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C – Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors. This publication is required for administrative and operational procedures, as determined on 16 April 2001. Army requests for this document will be referred to: Commander,. US Army Research, Development and Engineering Command, Attn: AMSRD-ECB-ENA-L, 5183 Blackhawk Road, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5424 Marine Corps: Requests for this document will be referred to Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001. Air Force: WR-ALC/579CBSS/GBZAB, Robins AFB GA 31098. Navy: Commanding Officer, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Panama City, Chemical Biological Individual Protection, Building 49, 110 Vernon Ave., Panama City, FL 32407-7001. *This TM supersedes TM 3-4240-542-13&P dated 16 February 2007, including all changes. WARNING – This document contains export-controlled technical data whose export is restricted by the Army Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.S.S., Sec 2751 et seq) or Executive Order 12470. Violation of these export laws is subject to severe criminal penalties. DESTRUCTION NOTICE – Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

i/ii blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TABLE OF CONTENTS

WP Sequence No.

WARNING SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................. a/b LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES ........................................................................A/B blank TITLE BLOCK PAGE ......................................................................................................................... i/ii blank TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................ iii/iv HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL......................................................................................................... v/vi blank GENERAL INFORMATION................................................................................................................ 0001 00 CHAPTER 1 – DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF OPERATIONS Description Data.................................................................................................................... 0002 00 Theory of Operations ............................................................................................................ 0003 00 CHAPTER 2 – OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS Controls and Indicators ......................................................................................................... 0004 00 Operation Under Usual Conditions ....................................................................................... 0005 00 Operation Under Unusual Conditions ................................................................................... 0006 00 Sunlight, Laser, and Clear Outsert Assembly Removal and Installation .............................. 0007 00 Audio Frequency Amplifier and Amplifier Adapter Removal and Installation ....................... 0008 00 Air Traffic Controller Microphone and Microphone Adapter Removal and Installation......... 0009 00 Air Traffic Controller Cable Assembly Removal and Installation .......................................... 0010 00 Hose Assembly Removal and Installation............................................................................. 0011 00 Microphone and Microphone Adapter Removal and Installation .......................................... 0012 00 Communications Lead Removal and Installation.................................................................. 0013 00 Internal Drink Tube Fit Check ............................................................................................... 0014 00 CHAPTER 3 – JSGPM M50/M51 OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Troubleshooting Procedures – Operator............................................................................... 0015 00 CHAPTER 4 – JSGPM M50/M51 FIELD LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Troubleshooting Procedures –Field Level ............................................................................ 0016 00 CHAPTER 5 – OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Cleaning the Mask ................................................................................................................ 0017 00 Sanitizing the Mask ............................................................................................................... 0018 00 Cleaning the Mask Carrier .................................................................................................... 0019 00 Cleaning the Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier................................................................... 0020 00 Cleaning the Protective Hood ............................................................................................... 0021 00 Cleaning the Hose Assembly................................................................................................ 0022 00 Introduction to Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) ............... 0023 00 Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) ....................................... 0024 00 Outlet Valve Cover Assembly, Removal and Installation...................................................... 0025 00 Drink Coupler Removal and Installation................................................................................ 0026 00 Head Harness Removal and Installation............................................................................... 0027 00 Air Deflectors removal And Installation ................................................................................. 0028 00 Outlet Disk Valve Removal and Installation .......................................................................... 0029 00 Inlet Disk Valve Removal and Installation............................................................................. 0030 00 Self-Sealing Disk Valve Removal and Installation ................................................................ 0031 00 M61 Filter Removal and Installation...................................................................................... 0032 00 Vision Correction Assembly Removal, Installation, and Adjustment .................................... 0033 00 Protective Hood Removal and Installation ............................................................................ 0034 00 CHAPTER 6 –FIELD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Service Upon Receipt of Material ......................................................................................... 0035 00 Equipment/User Fitting Procedures ...................................................................................... 0036 00 Setup Procedures for Fit Testing Using M41 Protection Assessment Test System............. 0037 00 Setup Procedures for Testing Using the Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester ..................................................................................................................... 0038 00

iii

TM 3-4240-542-13&P CHAPTER 6 –FIELD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Continued Reconfiguring the M50 to an M51......................................................................................... 0039 00 Introduction to Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)................................................................................................................... 0040 00 Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)................................................................................................................... 0041 00 Internal Drink Tube Removal and Installation ....................................................................... 0042 00 M50 Mask Preparation for Storage and Shipment................................................................ 0043 00 M51 Mask Preparation for Storage and Shipment................................................................ 0044 00 CHAPTER 7 – SUPPORTING INFORMATION References............................................................................................................................ 0045 00 Maintenance Allocation Chart ............................................................................................... 0046 00 Repair Part and Special Tool List ......................................................................................... 0047 00 Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII).............................................. 0048 00 Additional Authorization List Items........................................................................................ 0049 00 Expendable and Durable Item List........................................................................................ 0050 00 National Stock Number Index ............................................................................................... 0051 00 Part Number Index ................................................................................................................ 0052 00

iv

TM 3-4240-542-13&P HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The safest, easiest, and best way to do maintenance on the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 and Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 is to use this manual. Learning to use this manual is as easy as reading through the next few pages. Knowing what is in this manual and how to use it will save you time and work and will help avoid exposing yourself to unnecessary hazards while you do your job. So, where do you start? Right here if this is the first time you are using this TM. Be sure to completely read this section on How to Use This Manual. There is a lot of information here you need to know. Organization This manual uses the work package concept and is divided into seven chapters. Each chapter is divided into work packages. Pages are numbered consecutively within each chapter with each page number being prefixed with the work package number. Chapter 1 provides a description and theory of operation to include the location and description of major components and principles of operation. Chapter 2 provides information relative to M50/M51 controls and indicators and operational procedures and specific operator instructions pertaining to operations under usual conditions and operations under unusual conditions. Chapter 3 provides operator level troubleshooting procedures. Chapter 4 provides field level troubleshooting procedures. Chapter 5 provides operator maintenance instructions. Chapter 6 provides field level maintenance instructions. Chapter 7 provides supporting information to include the M50 and M51 Maintenance Allocation Charts (MAC), Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL), Additional Authorization List (AAL) items, Expendable and Durable Items List as well as other useful supporting information. How To Find Procedures If you are using the manual to perform an operations procedure, turn to Chapter 2, Operator Instructions. If you are using the manual to perform Troubleshooting, go directly to Chapters 3 or 4. If you are going to perform PMCS, turn directly to Chapters 5 or 6, Maintenance Instructions, and proceed according to the instructions.

v/vi blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0001 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 GENERAL INFORMATION

SCOPE This technical manual contains operator and field maintenance instructions for operation, checks, adjustments, and corrective maintenance for the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 and the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51, hereafter referred to as the JSGPM M50 and JSGPM M51 or as simply the M50 and M51. Type of Manual: Combined Operator and Field Level Maintenance Manual with Repair Part and Special Tool List (Army -13&P). Model Number and Equipment Name(s): Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Purpose of Equipment: Protects the face, eyes, and respiratory tract of the warfighter from field concentrations of chemical/biological agents, toxic industrial chemicals, and radioactive fallout particles. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as applicable) DA Pamphlet (Pam) 738-750, Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS); DA Pam 738-751, Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management Systems – Aviation (TAMMS-A); or AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability. Air Force personnel will comply with Air Force Technical Order (T.O.) 00-20-1, Chapter 7, Aerospace Equipment, Maintenance, Inspection Documentation, Policies and Procedures using AFTO Form 244 to document periodic inspections and maintenance actions. Marine Corps personnel refer to the on-line Marine Corps Publication Distribution System (MCPDS), Marine Corps Stock List SL-1-2 (Index of Technical Publications), SL-1-3 (Index of Publications authorized and stocked by the Marine Corps) and SL-8-09993A (Marine Corps Stock List of Blank Forms). Also, Marine Corps personnel will use TM 4700-15/1, (Equipment Record Procedures). Navy personnel will comply with OPNAVINST 4790.4C, Ship’s Maintenance Material Management (3M) Manual.

0001 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0001 00

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, AND NUCLEAR INFORMATION RESOURCE CENTER (CBRN-IRC) Do you have a problem or question about the equipment covered in this publication and need to talk to someone? There is a hotline at the CBRN-IRC that you can contact. The phone numbers are toll free from the USA and these lines are manned during our normal duty hours. If you call during our off duty hours you can leave a voice mail message and we will get back to you. Your E-mail or facsimile (FAX) message can be sent at any time and will be handled during the next business day. The numbers are: Toll Free .............................. DSN..................................... Commercial ......................... FAX (DSN) .......................... FAX (Commercial)............... E-mail ..................................

1-800-831-4408 793-7349 309-782-7349 793-1919 309-782-1919 [email protected]

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) If your M50 or M51 needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) and mail as follows: Army:

See address specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) user manual.

Air Force:

Submit an SF 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report, IAW T.O. 00-35-54

Marine Corps:

Submit an SF368, Product Quality Deficiency Report, IAW MCO 4855.10

Navy:

Commanding Officer, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Panama City, Chemical Biological Individual Protection, Building 49, 110 Vernon Ave, Panama City, FL 32407-7001

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion problems with this item are reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent future problems. While corrosion is typically associated with metals rusting, it can also include deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report. Use of key words such as “corrosion,” “rust,” “deterioration,” or “cracking” will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem. The form should be submitted to the addresses identified above. DESTRUCTION OF MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE Refer to TM 43-0002-31 (Army) for methods of destruction.

0001 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0001 00

NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Common Name M61 filter JSMLT Drink Coupler Communications Lead Drink tube lever Inlet/outlet valve Self-Sealing valve Velcro™

Official Nomenclature Canister, Chemical-Biological Mask: M61 Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 Coupling Half, Quick Microphone Lead Shut-off Valve Spindle Disk Valve Disk Valve Hook and Pile Fastener

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT Requirements for preparation for storage or shipment are contained in Chapter 6, WP 0043 00 (M50) and WP 0044 00 (M51).

0001 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS AAL ALICE ATC ATI ATNAA ATNAVICS BDU BII CAGEC CANA CB CBRN COEI CPC CPE CTA CVC DA Pam DS EIR ETVS FF FGC FLC HEPA IAW JSGPM JSLIST JSMLT JTA Kg LBE LCE MAC MOLLE MOPP MTOE NAAK NAPP NHA NSN P/N PATI PATS PMCS PMS POL QD RPSTL RSDL SMR SRA STVS T.O. TAIS TAMMS TAMMS-A

Additional Authorization List All-Purpose Lightweight Load Carrying Equipment Air Traffic Controller Air Techniques International Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System Air Traffic Navigation, Integration and Coordination System Battle Dress Uniform Basic Issue Item Commercial and Government Entity Code Convulsant Antidote for Nerve Agent Chemical/Biological Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Components of End Item Corrosion Prevention and Control Chemical Protective Ensemble Common Table of Allowances Combat Vehicle Crewman Department of the Army pamphlet Direct Support Equipment Improvement Recommendations Enhanced Terminal Voice Switch Fit Factor Functional Group Code Fighting Load Carrier High Efficiency Particulate Air In accordance with Joint Service General Purpose Mask Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit Technology Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester Joint Table of Allowances Kilogram Load-Bearing Equipment Load Carrying Equipment Maintenance Allocation Chart Modular Lightweight Load Carrying Equipment Mission-Oriented Protective Posture Modified Table of Organization and Equipment Nerve Agent Antidote Kit Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set

Next Higher Assembly National Stock Number Part Number Protection Assessment Test Instrument Protection Assessment Test System Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Planned Maintenance System Petroleum, Oils, or Lubricants Quick Disconnect Repair Parts and Special Tools List Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Specialized Repair Activity Small Tower Voice Switch Technical Order Tactical Airspace Integration System The Army Maintenance Management System The Army Maintenance Management System – Aviation 0001 00-5

0001 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS – Continued TBD TDA TIC TM TMDE TTCS U/I U/M UOC UUT WP

To Be Determined Table of Distribution and Allowances Toxic Industrial Chemical Technical Manual Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment Tactical Terminal Control System Unit of Issue Unit of Measure Usable On Code Unit Under Test Work Package

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001 00-6

0001 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 1 DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF OPERATIONS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 DESCRIPTION DATA

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES The Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 and the Mask, ChemicalBiological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 are designed to provide 24 hours continuous head-eye-respiratory Chemical/Biological (CB), radiological particulates, and Toxic Industrial Chemical (TIC) protection, and improve overall mission performance of the warfighter. The M50 and M51 will fulfill all of the functional requirements for inter-service and service-unique missions. Table 1 summarizes the application descriptions and lists the unique application characteristics for the M50 and M51. Table 1. M50 and M51 Application Characteristics. CHARACTERISTIC Special Operations Shipboard Fixed Sites Ground Ground Vehicle (Wheeled and Tracked)

APPLICATION DESCRIPTION M50 capable of use during special operations mission. Protects to ocular and respiratory threat levels or lower. M50 capable of withstanding the environments found on ships. Protects to ocular and respiratory threat levels or lower. M50 capable of being worn downwind of attack. Protects to ocular and respiratory threat levels or lower. M50 capable of being worn and carried on a warfighter’s load-bearing equipment (LBE). Protects to ocular and respiratory threat levels or lower. M51 capable of operations on the interior and exterior of a ground vehicle. Protects to ocular and respiratory threat levels or lower.

0002 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES – Continued The M50 and M51 will accommodate the functional modes described in Table 2. Table 2. M50 and M51 Functional Modes. MODE Ground/Ship

AAL Items

Combat Vehicle

AAL Items

DESCRIPTION M50/M51 common: Facepiece Assembly; Mask Carrier; Individual Equipment Carrier bag; Clear Outsert Assembly; Waterproofing Bag, M61 filters; Water Canteen Cap; Operator Cards; Drink Coupler and Faceform. M50: ATC Microphone; Extension Strap; Microphone Adapter; Special Cable Assemblies. M50/M51 common: Vision Correction Assembly; Audio Frequency Amplifier; Amplifier Adapter; Laser Outsert Assembly; Sunlight Outsert Assembly; Individual Equipment Decontamination Kit; M295; Skin Decontamination Kit, M291; Chemical Agent, Paper, M8; Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK); Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA); Diazepam Injection; Pyridostigmine Bromide Tablet set; Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion. M51: Hose Assembly; Protective Hood, Communications Lead; Microphone; Microphone Adapter; Extension Strap. M50/M51 common: Facepiece Assembly; Mask Carrier; Individual Equipment Carrier bag; Clear Outsert Assembly; Waterproofing Bag; M61 filters; Water Canteen Cap; Operator Cards; Drink Coupler and Faceform. M50: ATC Microphone; Extension Strap; Microphone Adapter; Special Cable Assemblies M50/M51 common: Vision Correction Assembly; Audio Frequency Amplifier; Amplifier Adapter; Microphone Adapter; Laser Outsert Assembly; Sunlight Outsert Assembly; Individual Equipment Decontamination Kit, M295; Skin Decontamination Kit, M291; Paper, Chemical Agent, M8; Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK); Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA); Diazepam Injection; Pyridostigmine Bromide Tablet set; Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion.

0002 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES – Continued The Mask, chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose is provided in two models with individual national stock numbers to support major operational modes: Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 The M50 and M51 components are configured to reduce the overall profile of the mask and to improve integration with warfighter systems. Common to both models are the Mask Carrier, Individual Equipment Carrier Bag, Facepiece Assembly, Clear Outsert Assembly, M61 filters, Waterproofing Bag, Water Canteen Cap, Drink Coupler, Faceform and Operator Cards. The M51 Combat Vehicle mask includes the following items: Hose Assembly (connects the mask to the vehicle collective protection system), Protective Hood, Large; Protective Hood, Medium/Small; Microphone, Microphone Adapter, Communications Lead (connects the microphone and microphone adapter to the warfighter’s combat vehicle crew helmet) and Carrier extension Strap. The M50 is designed to be worn and interface with the integral hood of the Joint Service Integrated Suit Technology (JSLIST) ensemble as a complete encapsulated system to protect the wearer. The M50 and M51 facepiece assemblies are built on a butyl/silicone rubber faceblank with an inverted peripheral face seal and an integrated chin cup. The facepiece assembly forms a comfortable seal on the warfighter’s face and protects the face, eyes, and respiratory tract from CB agents, designated TICs and radiological particulates. The facepiece assembly incorporates a flexible, single, polyurethane eyelens; a front module that provides a direct speech capability and integrates the exhalation disk valve, drinking system components, and communications interface; two filter mounts (left and right) that integrate the air inlet/outlet disk valves, self-sealing disk valves, air deflectors; and a nosecup that controls the flow of air throughout the mask and minimizes fogging of the eyelens while breathing. The M50 and M51 are issued in three sizes: small, medium, and large. Masks are equipped with a Clear Outsert Assembly for eyelens protection. A Laser Outsert Assembly and Sunlight Outsert Assembly are available as Additional Authorization List (AAL) items. Both masks use twin M61 filters, positioned on either side of the facepiece, to provide protection against NBC threats. The M51 uses the Combat Vehicle Hose Assembly to connect the mask to the vehicle collective protection system. One end of the hose assembly connects directly to the M61 filter. The other end has a quick-connect fitting that interfaces with the vehicle’s collective protection system. The Protective Hood used with the M51 is provided in two sizes, Large and Medium/Small. Each facepiece has a serial number which is bar coded as well as human readable and a human readable mask lot number printed on the right filter mount.

0002 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR M50 and M51 COMPONENTS MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 Brow Strap (2) Nosecup Brow Strap Slots

External Drink Tube

Pivoting Head Harness Buckle (2) Brow Strap Cover

Front Module Main Body

Communications Port Inlet/Outlet Internal Disk Valve (2) Drink Tube

Head Harness Skull Cap

Drink Coupler

Temple Strap (2)

Cheek Strap (2) Ladder Lock Buckle (2)

Clear Outsert Outlet Valve Cover Assembly

Drink Tube Lever

Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve

Beard

Outsert Receptacle Filter Alignment Marks

Drink Coupler Receptacle

Air Deflectors

Faceform

Self Sealing Disk Valve (2)

M61 Filter (2)

Inside Mask View Nosecup and Head Harness Not Shown For Clarity

MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 Brow Strap (2) External Drink Tube

Nosecup Brow Strap Slots

Head Harness Brow Strap Cover


Pivoting Buckle (2) Communications Port Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (2)

Internal Drink Tube


Drink Coupler

Temple Strap (2)

Cheek Strap (2) Ladder Lock Buckle (2)

Clear Outsert Outlet Valve Cover Assembly

Drink Tube Lever


Beard

Outsert Receptacle Filter Alignment Marks

Drink Coupler Receptacle Self Sealing Disk Valve (2)

Air Deflectors

Faceform M61 Filter (2)


Protective Hood

Hose Assembly Underarm Straps

Mask Carrier Extension Strap

Communications Lead Microphone Adapter

0002 00-4

Microphone

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS Faceblank: The following components are molded/assembled into the butyl/silicone rubber faceblank: face seal; chin cup; head harness tabs; a flexible, single piece eyelens made of polyurethane; openings for the front module assembly, filter mount assemblies and a storage receptacle for the drink coupler. Buckles are attached to the head harness tabs for attaching the head harness. Vision Correction Support Frame Receptacle

Brow Strap Slots Outsert Receptacle

Eyelens

Front Module Assembly Cutout Head Harness Tabs Filter Alignment Marks Drink Coupler Receptacle

Filter Mount Cutout

Faceblank Assembly

Nosecup: The nosecup is made of injection-molded silicone rubber and assists in controlling the flow of air throughout the mask to minimize fogging of the eyelens during breathing. The nosecup size (S, M, L) and internal drink tube alignment arrow are located on the left interior side of the nosecup. Internal Drink Tube Alignment Arrow

Rear

Front

Nosecup Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

0002 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued Head Harness: Constructed of elasticized side straps with a skullcap attached by loops to the brow strap slots. The temple and cheek straps are attached to buckles on the faceblank. Head Harness Brow Strap Cover

Brow Strap

Skull Cap Brow Strap

Brow Strap Slot Pivoting Buckle Clamp Plate

Temple Strap Cheek Strap

Ladder Lock Buckle

Head Harness

Front Module: The front module consists of a plastic housing (Front Module Main Body) that integrates the inlet/outlet disk valve and drink system components. Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post

Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Drink Tube Lever

External Drink Tube Drink Coupler Front Module Main Body

Communications Port

Front Module Main Body Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity Outlet Valve Cover Assembly: The outlet valve cover assembly fits over the front module main body protecting the drinking system and outlet disk valve. It has a communications port cover to protect the communications port. The outlet valve cover is dark gray in color. The design of the cover provides a direct speech capability. Baffle Assembly Communications Port Cover

Rear

Front

Outlet Valve Cover Assembly Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

0002 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve: There are three inlet/outlet disk valves contained in the facepiece assembly. One is located between the outlet valve cover assembly and the front module main body assembly. It serves as an outlet disk valve and releases exhaled air and prevents unfiltered air from entering the facepiece assembly. The valve moves away from the valve seat due to the flow of exhaled air. As the airflow decreases, the valve returns to the valve seat. The other two are located in the interior of the facepiece assembly and are attached to the rear of the left and right filter mounts. They serve as inlet disk valves and permit filtered air to enter the mask and allow the warfighter to breath. The inlet/outlet disk valves are black in color for identification purposes.


Self-sealing Disk valve: There are two self-sealing disk valves in the facepiece assembly. They are located on the exterior of the facepiece assembly and attach to the front of the left and right filter mounts. The M61 filters are attached to the filter mounts using a twist and lock mechanism. When the filter is attached to the filter mount, it opens the self-sealing disk valve permitting filtered air to pass through the inlet disk valve during inhalation. When the filter is removed, the self-sealing disk valve closes, preventing air from entering into the mask. The self-sealing disk valves are clear in color for identification purposes.

Self-Sealing Disk Valve

Drinking System: The drinking system is integrated into the front module main body and consists of an external drink tube fitted with a drink coupler to link to the water canteen and an internal drink tube fitted inside the mask. A lever arrangement opens the drink tube safety shutoff valve and causes the internal drink tube to swing to the wearer’s mouth. Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post



Drink Tube Lever

External Drink Tube

Drink Tube Lever

External Drink Tube Connector Shutoff Valve Spindle

Drink Coupler Front Module Main Body

Communications Port


Front Module Main Body With Integrated Drink System Components

Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

0002 00-7

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued Internal Drink Tube: The internal drink tube is attached directly to the shutoff valve spindle on the inside of the facepiece assembly. The length of the tube can be cut to fit the warfighter.

External Drink Tube Cut Locations on Internal Drink Tube Drink Tube lever

Shutoff Valve Spindle Internal Drink Tube

Filter Mounts, Left and Right: The filter mounts are designed to allow quick installation and removal of the M61 filter, and integrates an inlet/outlet disk valve (black), a self-sealing disk valve (clear) and the air deflectors. The filter mounts are attached to the facepiece assembly using a filter mount clamp ring on the inside of the facepiece assembly. Each mask has a serial number which is bar coded as well as a human readable mask lot number printed on the right filter mount. Air Deflector

Self Sealing Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Self-Sealing Disc Valve Filter Mount

Inlet/Outlet Disc Valve

Filter Mount Clamp Ring


Air Deflector Alignment Posts Filter Mount Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Self-Sealing Disc Valve

Outside

Inside Filter Mount Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

Air Deflectors: Air Deflectors are attached to each filter mount clamp ring inside of the facepiece assembly and aligned over the air deflector alignment posts. The air deflectors direct filtered incoming air to assist in eyelens defogging.

Air Deflector

0002 00-8

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued Mask Carrier: The Mask Carrier provides for storage and carriage of the facepiece assembly, Clear Outsert Assembly, Sunlight Outsert Assembly (if issued), Laser Outsert Assembly (if issued), Operator Cards, Waterproofing Bag, Audio Frequency Amplifier (if required), Protective Hood, Hose Assembly, Microphone and Microphone Adapter, and an Extension Strap. The carrier protective sleeve is used to prevent sand, dust, and other particles that could potentially damage the mask from entering the carrier. Mask Carrier Protective Sleeve

Mask Carrier Flap Tab

Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps

MOLLE Attachment Panel Leg Strap

Attaching Clip Buckle

Waist Strap

Front

Back

Individual Equipment Carrier Bag: The individual equipment carrier bag provides for the storage of select Additional Authorization List (AAL) items. Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket

Outside View

AAL Item Retaining Straps

Stowage Pocket

MOLLE Attaching Straps

Inside View Individual Equipment Carrier Bag

0002 00-9

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued Clear Outsert Assembly: The Clear Outsert assembly provides the eyelens protection against scratching or other damage. It has the same contour as the eyelens and clips over the eyelens using outsert locking tabs that will not interfere with vision. The Clear Outsert is issued with an Outsert Pouch which can also be used to clean the mask. The clear outsert will be stowed attached to the mask; the outsert pouch will be stowed in the outsert pocket located on the outside of the mask carrier. Use of the clear outsert or sunlight outsert provides the additional ballistic protection required for Navy flight deck and well deck operations. Outsert Pouch

Clear Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab

Clear Outsert Assembly

WARNING DO NOT place food in waterproofing bag. Food may become contaminated and cause illness or death. Waterproofing Bag: The waterproofing bag is used to keep the mask dry when required by climate and mission, for example, a river crossing. Resealable Bag

Waterproofing Bag

Water Canteen Cap: The water canteen cap replaces the M1 canteen cap and provides the capability to connect the drink coupler to the warfighter’s canteen for drinking purposes. Canteen Cap Assembly

Retaining Strap

Water Canteen Cap

0002 00-10

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMMON M50/M51 COMPONENTS – Continued M61 filters: Twin M61 filters, one installed on each side of the mask, provide protection from CBRN agents. The M61 filter assemblies are interchangeable on the M50 and M51. The M61 filter assembly bodies are constructed from injection-molded plastic. The M61 filters contain an activated carbon media and a high efficiency particulate filter. A time patch assembly is located on the back of the M61 filter. Filter alignment marks are applied to both the M61 filters and the facepiece assembly. The M61 filter Lot information is located on the filter and is a ten digit, alpha, numeric sequence that will look like the following: AVOWWXXYZZ where: AVO WW XX Y ZZ

= = = = =

the manufacturers assigned number the last two digits of the year calendar week 01 through 52 change of either carbon or HESPA designator for configuration

For ZZ the following codes are used: 01 PQT (Production Qualification Test) 02 G&E production 03 LRIP (Low Rate Initial Production)

Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal

Mounting Locator Hole

Filter Alignment Mark Time Patch Assembly

Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)

Side Tabs Air Passages Self Sealing Disk Valve Actuator

M61 Filter

Faceform: The faceform is placed in the mask to minimize any possible deformation of the faceseal during storage and shipment. Prior to unit packing, place Face Form inside the Facepiece Assembly. Position the Face Form so the beard on the Face Form matches the beard of the Facepiece Assembly. Pull all four straps to achieve a snug fit.

NOTE DO NOT discard the faceform. It is to be retained and used whenever storing the mask assembly for more than30 days.

Faceform

0002 00-11

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF M51, COMBAT VEHICLE SPECIFIC COMPONENTS Microphone, Microphone Adapter and Communications Lead: The microphone is the M26542/8-01 150 ohm microphone element. It is attached to a microphone adapter that is attached to the communications port in the front module main body inside the facepiece assembly. One end of the communications lead is connected to the communications port on the front of the front module assembly; the other end is connected to the combat vehicle helmet and provides the capability for on-vehicle communications. The microphone and microphone adapter are stored fitted inside the mask.

Microphone Adapter

Communications Lead

Adapter Gasket Microphone

Microphone, Microphone Adapter and Communications Lead

Protective Hood: There are two sizes of the protective hood: Large and Medium/Small. The protective hood is made of flame-resistant material that protects the warfighter from CBRN vapors, aerosols and liquids. Additionally, the protective hood protects the warfighter for a short duration of time during emergency escape from fires. The protective hood attaches to the mask and is placed over the warfighter’s head. The mask is stowed with the protective hood attached.

Protective Hood

Hose Assembly: The hose assembly provides a connection between the mask and the vehicle collective protection system. One end of the hose connects directly to the M61 filter. The filter connector swivels, enhancing head and body movement. The other end connects directly to the vehicle collective protection system. The hose is attached to the warfighter’s uniform using the Clothing Clip to prevent the hose from pulling the mask away from the face.

Clothing Clip Filter Swivel Connector

Hose

Hose Assembly

0002 00-12

Vehicle Connector

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF M51, COMBAT VEHICLE SPECIFIC COMPONENTS – Continued Mask Carrier Extension Strap: The mask carrier extension strap is a component of the M51 System and is used to facilitate the mask carrier shoulder carry configuration for combat vehicle crewmen. It is also an AAL item for the M50.


DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS Vision Correction Assembly (WP 0034 00): The Vision Correction Assembly consists of a Vision Support Frame that attaches to the inside of the mask and is used to mount and adjust the Vision Correction Spectacle Support Frame containing the warfighter’s corrective lens as required. Support Frame Standoff Receptacle

Vision Correction Spectacle Frame Assembly

Vision Correction Support Frame


Support Frame Adjusting Column

Support Frame Locking Tabs

Vision Correction Spec Frame Assembly

Cam Lock

Skin Decontaminating Kit, M291 (WP 0050 00): The Skin Decontaminating Kit, M291 is used to decontaminate the warfighter’s hands, face, ears, and neck. It consists of a flexible outer pouch containing six individual skin-decontaminating packets. For details, see TM 3-4230-229-10 (Army), T.O. 11D1-1-131 (Air Force), TM 4230-10/1 (Marine Corps), SS010-AA-MMO-010 (Navy).

Decontamination Kit, Skin, M291

Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL) (WP 0050 00): RSDL is a broad-spectrum liquid Chemical Warfare agent decontaminant that will remove and neutralize military chemical agents on contact. RSDL is safe for use on all intact skin. RSDL neutralizes CW agents on contact and leaves only a nontoxic residue that can be washed off with water when convenient. It does not need to be removed immediately and is safe on the skin whether CW agent was initially present or not.

0002 00-13

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS – Continued

TEAR

Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL)

Individual Equipment Decontaminating Kit, M295 (WP 0050 00): The Individual Equipment Decontaminating Kit, M295 is used to decontaminate the warfighter’s protective gloves, mask, hood, overboots, Load Carrying Equipment (LCE), and weapon. Do not use for skin decontamination. For details, see TM 3-4230-235-10 (Army).

Individual Equipment Decontamination Kit, M295

Chemical Agent Detector Paper, M8 (WP 0050 00): M8 detector paper comes in booklets of 25 sheets. It is used to detect the presence of liquid V- or G-type nerve agents or H-type blister agent. It does not detect vapor. For details, see TM 3-6665-254-12 (Army).

Paper Chemical Agent Detector, M8

Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) (WP 0050 00): The NAAK is used for immediate treatment of warfighter's subjected to nerve agent poisoning. Warfighter’s receive three NAAKs, for this purpose. The NAAK consists of one small auto injector containing atropine and a second auto injector containing pralidoxime chloride. A plastic clip holds the two injectors together. For details, see FM 8-285 (Army), AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force), FMFM11-11 (Marine Corps), and NAVMED P-5041 (Navy).

Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK)

0002 00-14

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS – Continued Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA) (WP 0050 00): The ATNAA is a replacement for the NAAK. The ATNAA is used for immediate treatment of warfighter’s subjected to nerve agent poisoning. Warfighter’s receive three ATNAAs for this purpose. The ATNNA is a single cylindrically shaped auto injector containing two chambers. One chamber contains atropine and the other contains pralidoxime chloride. It delivers both antidotes in a single injection.

Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA)

Diazepam Injection (WP 0050 00): The Diazepam Injection is an adjunct to the NAAK. It is an auto injector modified to hold a 2-millimeter volume of diazepam. The Diazepam Injection is administered by buddy aid only. It is used for intramuscular delivery of diazepam to a buddy who is incapacitated by nerve agent poisoning. For details, see FM 8-285 (Army), AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force), FMFM11-11 (Marine Corps), and NAVMED P-5041 (Navy).

Diazepam Injection (CANA)

Nerve Agent Pretreatment Pyridostigmine (NAPP) (WP 0050 00). NAPP is an adjunct to the NAAK/ATNAA. NAPP pretreatment enhances individual survivability in a nerve agent chemical environment and consists of a blister pack containing 21 tablets. Each tablet consists of 30-mg pyridostigmine bromide. Each individual is initially issued one NAPP package. Orders to start taking the NAPP will be issued by the proper authority within the chain of command. Refer to FM 8-285/NAVMED P-5041/AFJMAN 44-149/ MCRP 4-11.1A for more information on the NAPP.

0002 00-15

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS – Continued Audio Frequency Amplifier and Audio Frequency Amplifier Adapter (WP 0050 00): The Audio Frequency Amplifier attaches to the communications port on the front module main body. The audio frequency amplifier adapter attaches to the communications port on the inside of the mask. Together they provide an integrated voice amplification capability. The audio frequency amplifier requires the use of two “AAA” batteries. The audio frequency amplifier adapter is required for use with the audio frequency amplifier; however, it may also be used with the vehicle microphone and ATC microphones. The audio frequency amplifier adapter may be stowed in the mask.

Audio Frequency Amplifier

Audio Frequency Amplifier Adapter

Microphone Adapter (WP 0050 00): The microphone adapter, although part of the M51 mask system, is also an AAL item since it is required for use with the air traffic controller (ATC) microphone when used with the M50 mask. If there is a requirement to use an audio frequency amplifier with an M51 mask, the amplifier adapter may be substituted for the microphone adapter. If there is a requirement to use an audio frequency amplifier with an M50 mask while using ATC microphones, the amplifier adapter may be substituted for the microphone adapter. Adapter Gasket

Microphone Adapter

NOTE If the mask is an M51, the microphone will be attached to the microphone adapter in the mask. If the mask is an M50, the microphone adapter may or may not be installed. It is required when using the air traffic controller (ATC) microphone. If installed in the M50, the microphone adapter may be stowed fitted inside the M50 mask. Air Traffic Controller (ATC) Microphone (WP 0050 00): Current ATC operations utilize two microphones: 1) the M101, 5 ohm microphone and 2) the 150 ohm microphone, model 938-2900. The Army, Air Force and Navy use the 150 ohm microphone, model 938-2900. Use of the air traffic controller microphones requires the use of the microphone adapter.

Retaining Screws

Retaining Screws

ATC 5 Ohm Microphone, M101

0002 00-16

ATC 150 Ohm Microphone, P/N 938-2900

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS – Continued Special Cable Assemblies, (WP 0050 00): The special cable assemblies are used to interface between the mask and other ATC systems (Army, Marine Corps, Air Force and Navy) identified in WP 0010. These cable assemblies are not interchangeable.

Cable Assembly, Special NSN: 5995-01-502-5502


Microphone Cable, (WP 0050 00): The Microphone Cable, is required to interface the tactical headset of the AN/TSQ-221 Tactical Airspace Integration System (TAIS) with the communications port receptacle on the M50 facepiece assembly.

Microphone Cable NSN: 5965-01-443-5490

Laser Outsert Assembly, (WP 0050 00): The Laser Outsert protects the warfighter’s eyes from laser energy. It has the same contour as the eyelens and clips over the eyelens using outsert locking tabs that will not interfere with vision. The Laser Outsert is issued with an Outsert Pouch. The Laser Outsert, if issued, will be stowed in the mask carrier Outsert Pocket on the outside of the carrier. Outsert Pouch

Laser Outsert

Laser Outsert Assembly

Sunlight Outsert Assembly, (WP 0050 00): The Sunlight Outsert provides protection from sunlight glare. It has the same contour as the eyelens and clips over the eyelens using outsert locking tabs that will not interfere with vision. The Sunlight Outsert is issued with an Outsert Pouch. The Sunlight Outsert, if issued, will be stowed in the mask carrier Outsert Pocket on the outside of the carrier. Use of the clear outsert or sunlight outsert provides the additional ballistic protection required for Navy flight deck and well deck operations.

0002 00-17

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED LIST ITEMS – Continued Outsert Pouch

Sunlight Outsert

Sunlight Outsert Assembly

Outsert Pouch (WP 0048 00): The Clear, Sunlight, and Laser Ousters’ are issued with an outsert pouch to reduce damage while being stored in the mask carrier. The microfiber outsert pouch can be used to assist in cleaning and sanitizing the mask. Mask Carrier Extension Strap (WP 0048 00): The mask carrier extension strap is a component of the M51 System and is used to facilitate the mask carrier shoulder carry configuration for combat vehicle crewmen.


0002 00-18

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0002 00

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MODELS Table 3 shows major equipment and differences between the M50 and M51 masks. Table 3. Differences Between Models. CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL MASK Mask Features Facepiece Assembly Mask Carrier Individual Equipment Carrier Bag Clear Outsert Assembly M61 filters Waterproofing Bag Operator Cards Water Canteen Cap Drinktube Coupler Faceform Microphone Microphone Adapter Communications Lead Hose Assembly Protective Hood, Large Protective Hood, Medium/Small Mask Carrier Extension Strap

0002 00-19

M50

M51

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

TM 3-4240-542-13&P EQUIPMENT DATA Tabulated Data M50 System Weight: Small: 4.77 lbs. (2.16 kg.) Medium: 4.97 lbs. (2.25 kg.) Large: 5.17 lbs. (2.35 kg.) M51 System Weight: Small: 5.53lbs. (2.51kg.) Medium: 5.73 lbs. (2.60kg.) Large: 5.93 lbs. (2.69 kg.) M50 Facepiece Assembly Dimensions (With Carrier)

12" X 12" X 5.5"

M51 Facepiece Assembly Dimensions (With Carrier)

12" X 12" X 7"

Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier (with out Accessories) Dimensions 10.5" X 8.5"X 1.5" Shipping and Storage Data M50 System in Unit Pack Box Weight: Small: 6.77 lbs. Medium: 6.97 lbs. Large: 7.17 lbs. Dimensions: 11.9"X 11.9" X 8.9" 1 Mask System per unit pack box M51 System in Unit Pack Box. Weight: Small: 7.53 lbs. Medium: 7.73 lbs. Large: 7.93 lbs. Dimensions: 11.9" X 11.9" X 8.9" 1 Mask System per unit pack box Quantity of unit pack boxes in OCONUS Wooden Shipping Box – 27 OCONUS Wooden Shipping Box with Unit Pack Boxes Weight: 280 lbs. 38.25" X 38.25" X 42.25" Inside Dimensions: Quantity of Unit Pack Boxes on CONUS Shipping Pallet– 48 Weight: 400 lbs. (M50), 450 lbs. (M51) Dimensions: 40" X 48" X 41" END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002 00-20

0002 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0003 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 THEORY OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL The common facepiece assembly and M61 filters are the principal operating components. Each facepiece assembly incorporates two filter mounts, left and right, positioned on either side of the mask. Each filter mount integrates a self-sealing disk valve, an inlet disk valve, the valve mounting posts and valve seats and air deflectors. The air deflectors and nosecup control the flow of air throughout the mask. The M61 filters are attached to the filter mount using a twist and lock mechanism. When the filter is attached to the filter mount, it opens the self-sealing disk valve permitting filtered air to pass through the inlet disk valve into the mask during inhalation. When the filter is removed, the self-sealing disk valve closes preventing air from entering into the mask. The filters can be installed and removed rapidly while wearing Mission Oriented Protective Posture (MOPP) or Chemical Protective Ensemble (CPE) gloves. During inhalation, the negative pressure created inside the mask opens the inlet valves and pulls filtered air into the mask. The air deflectors and nose cup guide the airflow across the eyelens to enable defogging. Air then passes through the vent in the top of the nose cup and into the warfighter’s respiratory tract. During exhalation, the positive pressure created inside the mask closes the inlet valves and opens the outlet valve housed in the front module main body assembly. The nose cup channels the moist expired air directly through the outlet valve to the outside environment. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0004 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

GENERAL The M61 filter time patch assembly indicates when the unpackaged filter is no longer serviceable due to prolonged exposure to humid air. The time patch assembly is located on the underside of the M61 filter. Materials used in the M61 filter time patch assembly include erioglaucine ammonium salt and magnesium nitrate hexahydrate. A Toxicity Clearance has been given for erioglaucine ammonium salt and the magnesium nitrate hexahydrate mixture for use as a time patch on the outside of the M61 filter as long as these materials are fully contained in a closed cell and cannot be released. If these materials are released severe irritation to the eyes, skin, and mucous membranes may result. The time patch should have a center which is white in color when the filter is first removed from its packaging. If the center of the the time patch assembly turns dark blue, the M61 filter is expired and must be replaced. It is recommended that both M61 filters be replaced at the same time. Exchange criteria for filters are based on individual service equipment directives. Refer to FM 3-11.4 (Army), MCWP 3-37.2 (Marine Corps), NTTP 3-11.27 (Navy) and AFTTP (1) 3-2.46 Air Force, Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Protection.

WARNING The erioglaucine ammonium salt and the magnesium nitrate hexahydrate mixture must not come into contact with the skin, eyes, mucous membranes or respiratory tract and must not be ingested. These materials must be fully contained in a closed cell and cannot be released. If the time patch is damaged in any way, the filter must be immediately disposed of in accordance with service directed procedures. Any contaminated clothing, skin, etc. must be washed. TIME PATCH ASSEMBLY Indicator Blotting Paper

Indicator Expired

Time Patch Assembly Time Patch Window

END OF WORK PACKAGE 0004 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

GENERAL This work package provides operator instructions for the following operations: PAGE NO.

M50/M51 COMMON OPERATIONS Connecting and Using the Drinking System ............................................................ Checking the Drink Coupler for Proper Function ..................................................... Disconnecting the Drinking System ......................................................................... Wearing the Mask Carrier ........................................................................................ Wearing the Individual Equipment Carrier Bag........................................................ Stowing the Additional Authorization List (AAL) Items............................................. Procedures for Expelling Fluids (Sweat/Saliva) From the M50 and M51 Masks.....

0005 00-2 0005 00-3 0005 00-4 0005 00-4 0005 00-8 0005 00-10 0005 00-13

M50 OPERATIONS Donning, Clearing, and Checking the M50 Mask for Leaks..................................... Doffing the M50 Mask .............................................................................................. Stowing the M50 Mask System in the Mask Carrier ................................................ Wearing the JSLIST Hood with the M50 Mask .......................................................

0005 00-13 0005 00-16 0005 00-17 0005 00-18

M51 OPERATIONS Donning, Clearing, and Checking the M51 Mask with the Protective Hood for Leaks........................................................................................................................ Doffing the M51 Mask with the Protective Hood ...................................................... Preparing the M51 Mask for Stowing in the Mask Carrier ....................................... Stowing the M51 Mask System in the Mask Carrier ................................................ M50/M51 COMMON OPERATIONS CONNECTING AND USING THE DRINKING SYSTEM

WARNING DO NOT connect the drink coupler to your canteen until all mating surfaces have been checked and are free of contamination. Chemical agents could be swallowed, resulting in sickness or death. Fill your plastic water canteen before entering a contaminated area, or, if in a contaminated area, fill canteen inside a protective area.

0005 00-1

0005 00-20 0005 00-24 0005 00-25 0005 00-26

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

CONNECTING AND USING THE DRINKING SYSTEM – Continued

CAUTION Care should be taken not to break the mask seal while turning the internal drink tube lever on the front module assembly.

NOTE To use the drink tube, your canteen must be equipped with a water canteen cap (WP 0048 00). Water may leak into mask assembly if mouth is taken off internal drink tube while canteen is in the raised (drinking) position. 1. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 mask (WP 0005 00-20). Internal Drink Tube

Drink Coupler

Drink Tube Lever Coupler Receptacle


2. Steady mask with one hand and pull drink coupler out of coupler receptacle below the front module main body. 3. Open retaining strap on water canteen cap. 4. Push drink coupler into canteen cap so that seal snaps into the groove in the cap. 5. Turn drink tube lever on front module assembly upward, until it stops and is fully opened, to position internal drink tube in front of mouth and grasp internal drink tube between your lips.

0005 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

CONNECTING AND USING THE DRINKING SYSTEM – Continued

WARNING When creating positive pressure, if resistance is not felt, your drinking system is leaking. DO NOT drink and notify next higher maintenance level. 6. Blow to create positive pressure. You should feel some resistance.

WARNING DO NOT tilt head back while drinking to avoid breaking mask seal. 7. If system does not leak, raise and invert canteen and drink water from canteen. 8. After several swallows, stop drinking and lower canteen. Blow into internal drink tube to prevent canteen from collapsing. Repeat drinking procedure as required. CHECKING THE DRINK COUPLER FOR PROPER FUNCTION 1. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask. Internal Drink Tube

Drink Coupler

Drink Tube Lever Coupler Receptacle


2. Steady mask and withdraw drink coupler from coupler receptacle and let it hang freely. 3. Turn drink tube lever on front module assembly upward, until it stops and is fully open, to position internal drink tube in front of mouth and grasp internal drink tube between your lips.

WARNING When creating positive pressure, if resistance is not felt, your drinking system is leaking. DO NOT drink and notify next higher maintenance level. 4. Blow to create positive pressure. You should feel some resistance. If resistance is not felt, the drink system leaks.

0005 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

DISCONNECTING THE DRINKING SYSTEM

WARNING DO NOT pull on external drink tube when disconnecting the drink coupler from the canteen to prevent breaking the mask seal.

NOTE When not in use, keep canteen cap opening covered with the retaining strap. 1. Turn canteen upright. 2. Clear water from external drink tube by blowing into internal drink tube. 3. Release internal drink tube from mouth. 4. Turn drink lever on front module assembly downward, until it stops and is fully closed, to reposition internal drink tube away from mouth. 5. Firmly grasp drink coupler and pull canteen down and away to disconnect the coupler. 6. Close retaining strap on water canteen cap. 7. Replace drink coupler into receptacle below front module assembly. WEARING THE MASK CARRIER Mask Carrier Protection Sleeve


Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps



Waist Strap

Front

Back

CAUTION The mask should be removed from the mask carrier when establishing initial carry configuration or subsequent configuration changes.

0005 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE MASK CARRIER – Continued

NOTE The mask carrier is always worn in a side load position on the left side of the body and may be worn in several configurations: 1 – Waist Belt Configuration. 2 – Shoulder Sling Configuration. 3 – Modular Lightweight Load Carrying Equipment (MOLLE) 1 or 2 Fighting Load Carrier (FLC) Configuration. The configuration worn will be based on individual service directives.

1. Waist belt configuration: a. Extend both male and female ends of waist strap and leg strap. b. Adjust waist and leg strap to approximate length. Place mask carrier on left side and wrap waist strap around waist and insert male end of waist strap side clip buckle into female end of waist strap side clip buckle. Pull end of waist strap and adjust waist strap to proper size. c.

Wrap leg strap behind and around leg and insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of leg strap side clip buckle. Pull end of leg strap and adjust leg strap to proper size.

2. Shoulder sling configuration:

NOTE The Shoulder Sling configuration is primarily used with the M51 and requires the use of the mask carrier extension strap. The extension strap is a component of the M51. It is also an AAL item for use with the M50, if required.

0005 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE MASK CARRIER – Continued a. Extend both male and female ends of waist strap and leg strap to maximum length.


b. Attach mask carrier extension strap to leg strap. c.

Insert male end of waist strap side clip buckle into female end of waist strap side clip buckle. Place carrier over head and left arm so mask carrier is on left side.

d. Wrap leg strap around waist and insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of leg strap side clip buckle. Pull end of leg strap and adjust to proper size.

MOLLE Fighting Load Carrier

NOTE When wearing the MOLLE 1 or 2 Fighting Load Carrier (FLC) Configuration, the Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier is attached to the MOLLE attachment panel on the mask carrier after the mask carrier is attached to the FLC. 3. MOLLE 1 or 2 Fighting Load Carrier (FLC) configuration: a. Place mask carrier on flat surface, front side up. b. Open mask carrier flap of mask carrier. c.

Open stowage pocket on side of mask carrier.

d. Extend MOLLE attachment panel from stowage pocket. e. Stow waist strap in mask carrier side stowage pocket. f.

Close stowage pocket.

0005 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE MASK CARRIER – Continued

g. Attach MOLLE attachment panel to the left side (as worn) of the FLC (with MOLLE off). (1) Choose the desired attachment point on the left side (as worn) of the FLC. (2) Line up the top of the attachment panel evenly with the top of the nearest horizontal one-inch webbing that goes across the FLC. (3) Insert the attachment straps down the channel on the FLC, then behind the webbing on the back of the attachment panel. (4) Continue weaving the attaching strap behind the horizontal webbing on the FLC and the webbing on the back of the attachment panel until the attaching straps can be secured to snaps on attaching panel.

h. Attach individual equipment carrier bag to MOLLE attachment panel on top of carrier. (1) Line up the bottom of the individual equipment carrier bag with the top of the attachment panel. (2) Attach to the first horizontal webbing strap on the attachment panel. (3) Continue weaving the attaching strap behind the horizontal webbing on the attachment panel and the webbing on the back of the individual equipment carrier bag until the attaching straps can be secured to snaps on individual equipment carrier bag. i.

Don the FLC.

j.

Wrap leg strap around waist and insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of leg strap side clip buckle. Pull end of leg strap and adjust to proper size.

0005 00-7

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER BAG Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket

Outside View Stowage Pocket




NOTE The individual equipment carrier bag is used to carry select additional authorization items used to support the use of the M50 and M51. It is attached depending on the wear configuration of the mask carrier.

Snaps

Attaching Straps

1. Waist belt configuration: a. Extend both male and female ends of waist strap and leg strap. b. Adjust bag attaching straps to width of waist belt. c.

Adjust waist and leg strap to approximate length. Slide male end of waist strap through attaching straps on back of individual equipment carrier bag. Place mask carrier and individual equipment carrier bag on left side and wrap waist strap around waist and insert male end of waist strap side clip buckle into female end of waist strap side clip buckle. Pull end of waist strap and adjust waist strap to proper size.

d. Wrap leg strap behind and around leg and insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of leg strap side clip buckle. Pull end of leg strap and adjust waist strap to proper size. e. Slide individual equipment carrier bag on waist strap to right side of body.

0005 00-8

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER BAG – Continued

2. Shoulder sling configuration:

NOTE The shoulder sling configuration is primarily used with the M51 and requires the use of the mask carrier extension strap. The extension strap is a component of the M51. It is also an AAL item for use with the M50, if required. a. Extend both male and female ends of waist strap and leg strap to maximum length. b. Attach extension strap to leg strap. Insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of extension strap side clip buckle. c.

Insert male end of waist strap side clip buckle into female end of waist strap side clip buckle. Place mask carrier over head and left arm so mask carrier is on left side.

Snaps

Attaching Straps

d. Slide male end of leg strap through attaching straps on back of individual equipment carrier bag. Place individual equipment carrier bag on right side and wrap leg strap around waist and insert male end of leg strap side clip buckle into female end of leg strap side clip buckle. Pull end of leg strap and adjust to proper size.

0005 00-9

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

STOWING THE ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) ITEMS Decontaminating Kit, Skin, M291 or Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL) Decontaminating Kit, IE, M295 Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set

Diazepam Injection Stowage Location

Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) Mark 1 (3) or Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA) (3)

M8 Paper Stowage Location (Pocket On Back)

1. The following AAL items are stowed in the individual equipment carrier bag:

Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK)

Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA)

a. Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK), 3 each or Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNAA), 3 each.

Diazepam Injection (CANA)

b. Diazepam Injection, 1 each.

0005 00-10

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

STOWING THE ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) ITEMS – Continued

TEAR

Decontamination Kit, Skin, M291

c.

Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL)

Decontaminating Kit, Skin, M291 or Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL)

Individual Equipment Decontamination Kit, M295

d. Decontaminating Kit, individual equipment, M295.

Paper Chemical Agent Detector, M8

e. Paper, chemical agent, M8, 1 each. (stowed in outside pocket).

0005 00-11

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

STOWING THE ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) ITEMS – Continued

Nerve Agent Pretreatment Pyridostigmine (NAPP)

f.

Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set (Napp). Operator Cards And Waterproofing Bag Stowage Location

Mask Stowage Location

Front

Back Internal Audio FrequencyAmplifier Retaining Loop

2. The following AAL items are stowed in the mask Carrier: a. Audio Frequency Amplifier (when used with the M50 or M51 mask).

NOTE The audio frequency amplifier adapter may be stowed in the M50 mask (WP 0008 00). b. Sunlight Outsert Assembly. c.

Laser Outsert Assembly.

d. Mask Carrier Extension Strap.

0005 00-12

External Outsert Pocket

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

PROCEDURES FOR EXPELLING FLUIDS (SWEAT/SALIVA) FROM THE M50 AND M51 MASKS

WARNING Mask seal must be maintained during this procedure. Hold the mask firmly against your face. A leak in your mask will not protect you from toxic agents. 1. Remove your head gear. 2. Using both hands, hold the mask firmly against your face to prevent breaking the face seal..

3. Bend forward at the waist until the upper body is approximately parallel to the ground. 4. While looking at the ground, exhale vigorously, expelling excess fluids through the outlet valve and outlet cover assembly. 5. Repeat as necessary to remove excess fluids. 6. Replace head gear and continue mission. M50 OPERATIONS DONNING, CLEARING, AND CHECKING THE M50 MASK FOR LEAKS DONNING THE M50 MASK

WARNING Before donning and adjusting the mask, female warfighters will remove earrings, hair fasteners (hair clips, hair pins, combs, rubber bands), hair knots, buns, or braids that will interfere with the mask seal and let hair hang freely. When wearing the Ground Crew Ensemble, hair will be neatly tucked inside jacket. Facial hair could result in an improper mask fit resulting in illness or death.

WARNING DO NOT wear contact lenses (soft or hard) while wearing the masks. Inadequate oxygen supply to the corneal surface, exposure to dust, dirt, and smoke or gas may cause serious vision loss or eye damage. Personnel requiring vision correction are provided optical inserts for their protective masks. 0005 00-13

TM 3-4240-542-13&P DONNING THE M50 MASK – Continued 1. Close your eyes, stop breathing, and hold your breath. 2. Remove your headgear. 3. If you are wearing glasses, take them off.

4. With your left hand grasp the mask carrier flap tab and pull to open mask carrier flap. With your right hand, grasp the mask and remove it from the mask carrier.

5. Raise the mask to your face and place your chin firmly in the chin cup.

WARNING Keep the cheek straps tight while wearing the mask. If loosened the mask may lose its seal.

NOTE Brow and temple straps have already been adjusted during initial fitting. No adjustments need to be made.

0005 00-14

0005 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

DONNING THE M50 MASK – Continued

6. Grasp the head harness tab and pull head harness over your head. Be sure your ears are between the temple straps and cheek straps. Pull down the head harness at the back as far as possible so that the brow straps are tight and temple straps are approximately parallel to the ground.

7. Tighten the cheek straps one at a time or both at the same time, ensuring straps lay flat against your head.

WARNING Once the mask is donned, do not pull on the brow or temple straps. Brow and temple straps have already been adjusted during initial fitting. Pulling these straps after donning may cause the mask to lose its seal. CLEARING THE M50 MASK

1. Seal the outlet disk valve by placing one hand over the outlet valve cover assembly. Blow out hard to ensure that any contaminated air is forced out around the edges of the mask assembly.

NOTE Ensure hands completely cover M61 filter air inlet passages on both filters.

0005 00-15

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

CLEARING THE M50 MASK – Continued 2. Conduct a negative pressure test. With both hands locate and cover M61 filter air inlet passages on both filters and breathe in. Mask should collapse against your face and remain so while you hold your breath. If it does, your mask is airtight. If the mask does not collapse, check for hair, clothing, or other matter between mask and your face and clear again. 3. Resume breathing. 4. Put on headgear. 5. Close mask carrier flap. CHECKING THE M50 MASK FOR LEAKS

WARNING You must check your mask for leaks when fitted and each time mask is donned. A leaky mask will not protect you from toxic agents.

NOTE Leaks around edge of your mask are usually caused by bad fit. You may find a leak by feeling incoming air on your face, or you may feel a bulge at the edge of your mask assembly with your finger. After each corrective action, retest using steps 1 and 2 of clearing the mask. 1. Check for leaks at edge of mask by feeling for incoming air on your face. Check for bulges in the faceseal by running finger around edge of your mask. 2. Eliminate leaks by making minor adjustments to straps: a. To stop leaks at brow, ensure head harness is pulled down as far as possible on back of head and skullcap is centered at the back of your head. To stop leaks at temple, adjust temple straps. Stop leaks at cheek, adjust cheek straps. b. To stop leaks at the throat or under the chin, lift mask assembly higher on face, seating chin firmly in chin cup. Adjusting temple and cheek straps may also help. If mask still fails to seal have an individual service M50/51 trained field level CB equipment maintenance technician check proper fitting of mask. c.

Check to see if M61 filters are properly installed.

0005 00-16

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

DOFFING THE M50 MASK 1. Remove headgear.

2. Loosen cheek straps completely by placing your thumbs behind the buckles and pulling forward so straps become loose. Grasp the front of the mask and lift it off your head. 3. Replace headgear. STOWING THE M50 MASK IN THE MASK CARRIER Operator Card And Water Proof Bag Pocket

Stowage Pocket

Back

Front Internal Audio Frequency Amplifier Retaining Loop


Cut-away View Showing Stowage Pockets

The Laser Outsert Assembly and/or the Sunlight Outsert Assembly are stowed in the outsert pocket located on the outside of the carrier. The audio frequency amplifier is stowed in an elasticized retaining loop located in the carrier main stowage area. The amplifier adapter may be stowed attached to the M50 facepiece assembly. The operator cards and waterproofing bag are stored in a pocket on the front of the mask carrier. The mask is stowed in the mask carrier main stowage area. 1. Stow the audio frequency amplifier in the retaining loop located in the bottom of the mask carrier main stowage area before stowing the mask.

0005 00-17

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

STOWING THE M50 MASK IN THE MASK CARRIER – Continued Operator Cards And Waterproofing Bag Stowage Location


Front


Back Internal Audio Frequency Amplifier Retaining Loop

a. The amplifier adapter may be stowed attached to the M50 mask. It may be substituted for the microphone adapter and stowed in the M51 mask.

NOTE The clear outsert is stowed on the mask. b. Place the laser and/or sunlight outserts in their respective outsert pouches and stow in the outsert pocket with the front module cut out on the outsert facing up towards the mask carrier flap and the outsert locking tabs facing towards the inside of the mask carrier. The clear outsert is stowed on the mask. The clear outsert pouch is stowed in the outsert pocket. c.

Stow the operator cards and waterproofing bag in the pocket located in the side stowage pocket.

2. Grasp the cheek straps and carefully pull the head harness over the front of the mask. Mask Stowage Location

Internal Audio Frequency Amplifier Retaining Loop


3. Grasp the mask carrier flap tab and pull to open mask carrier flap. 4. Grasp the mask by the front module assembly and place in mask carrier, eyelens first, covered by head harness skullcap, and facing away from the body.

0005 00-18

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

WEARING THE JOINT SERVICE LIGHTWEIGHT INTEGRATED SUIT TECHNOLOGY (JSLIST) HOOD WITH THE M50 MASK 1. Preparation a. Unfasten barrel locks, loosen hood draw-cord completely; smooth the edge of the hood material and draw-cord out. This will reduce or eliminate discomfort in the neck area of the JSLIST coat and Mask interface due to the restricted fit in the neck region. b. Army users refer to FM 3.11.5, Air Force users refer to AFTTP(1) 3-2.60; Marine Corps users refer to MCWP 3-37.3; Navy users refer to NTTP 3-11.26 DONNING THE JSLIST HOOD WHILE WEARING THE M50 MASK M50 Mask

JSLIST Hooded Overgarment (Coat)

Hood Slide Fastener Hook-and-Pile Fastener Tape

Hook-and-Pile Fastener Tape

NOTE Conduct this task using a “buddy system”. 1. When directed , don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13), adjust head harness and check for good seal. 2. Pull JSLIST hood over mask.

0005 00-19

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

DONNING THE JSLIST HOOD WHILE WEARING THE M50 MASK – Continued 3. Close JSLIST coat slide fastener completely and secure closure hook and pile fastener tape as far up as top of slide fastener. 4. Place edge of JSLIST hood around edge of mask and secure hook and pile fastener tape.

WARNING JSLIST hood barrel lock release button must face away from the user when worn to avoid barrel lock from unfastening and possibly exposing warfighter to contamination. Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit Technology (JSLIST)

Barrel Locks

Draw Cord

5. Snap barrel locks together on the right side of the hood in the area of your right cheek (Not under your chin). Squeeze barrel lock ends together. Pull the draw-cord and slide barrel locks up the right side of the hood to maintain a comfortable hood to mask seal. 6. Have another person check hood seal around mask to ensure hood is positioned properly and skin is not exposed. Some discomfort may be experienced in the neck area of JSLIST coat due to the close fitting in the neck area. DOFFING THE JSLIST HOOD WHILE WEARING THE M50 MASK On coat, loosen draw cord, unfasten hood barrel locks, undo hook and pile fastener tape, and pull hood from head. M51 OPERATIONS DONNING, CLEARING, AND CHECKING THE M51 MASK FOR LEAKS DONNING THE M51 MASK

WARNING Before donning and adjusting the masks, female warfighter’s will remove earrings, hair fasteners (hair clips, hair pins, combs, rubber bands), hair knots, buns, or braids that will interfere with mask assembly seal and let hair hang freely. When wearing the Ground Crew Ensemble, hair will be neatly tucked inside jacket. Facial hair could result in an improper mask fit resulting in illness or death.

0005 00-20

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00


WARNING DO NOT wear contact lenses (soft or hard) while wearing the masks. Inadequate oxygen supply to the corneal surface, exposure to dust, dirt, and smoke or gas may cause serious vision loss or eye damage. Personnel requiring vision correction are provided optical inserts for their protective masks.

WARNING Once the mask is donned, do not pull on the brow or temple straps. Brow and temple straps have already been adjusted during initial fitting. Pulling these straps after donning may cause the mask to lose its seal.

CAUTION Care must be taken not to scratch the outsert or eyelens when handling the mask. 1. Close your eyes, stop breathing, and hold your breath. 2. Remove your headgear. 3. If you are wearing glasses, take them off.

4. With your left hand grasp the mask carrier flap tab and pull to open mask carrier flap. With your right hand, grasp the mask and remove it from the mask carrier.

0005 00-21

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00


5. Raise the mask to your face and place your chin firmly in the chin cup. 6. Grasp the head harness tab and pull head harness over your head. Be sure your ears are between the temple straps and cheek straps. Pull down the head harness at the back as far as possible so that the brow straps are tight and temple straps are approximately parallel to the ground. 7. Tighten the cheek straps one at a time or both at the same time, ensuring straps lay flat against your head. CLEARING THE M51 MASK

NOTE The protective hood will be covering the mask front module assembly, M61 filters, and eyelens. Steps 1 and 2 must be performed by touch. 1. Place one hand under the protective hood and cover the outlet valve cover assembly, sealing the outlet disk valve, and blow out hard to force out any contaminated air around the edges of the mask.

NOTE Ensure hands completely cover M61 filter air inlet passages on both filters. 2. With both hands under the protective hood, locate and cover M61 filter airinlet passages on both filters and breathe in. Mask should collapse against your face and remain so while you hold your breath. If it does, your mask is airtight. If the mask does not collapse, check for hair, clothing, or other matter between mask assembly and your face and conduct negative pressure test again. 3. Resume breathing. CHECKING THE M51 MASK FOR LEAKS

WARNING You must check your mask for leaks when fitted and each time mask is donned. A leaky mask assembly will not protect you from toxic agents.

0005 00-22

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

CHECKING THE M51 MASK FOR LEAKS – Continued

NOTE Leaks around edge of your mask are usually caused by bad fit. You may find a leak by feeling incoming air on your face, or you may feel a bulge at the edge of your mask with your finger. After each corrective action, retest using steps 1 and 2 of clearing the M51 mask. 1. Check for leaks at edge of mask by feeling for incoming air on your face. 2. Check for bulge by running finger around edge of your mask.

NOTE If you have a bad seal and cannot stop leak notify next higher maintenance level. 3. Eliminate leaks by making minor adjustments to straps: a. To stop leaks at brow, ensure head harness is pulled down as far as possible on back of head and skullcap is centered at the back of your head. To stop leaks at temple, adjust temple straps. To stop leaks at cheek, adjust cheek straps. To stop leaks at the throat or under the chin, lift mask assembly higher on face, seating chin firmly in chin cup. Adjusting temple and cheek straps may also help. b. Check to see if M61 filters are properly installed. DONNING THE M51 MASK WITH THE PROTECTIVE HOOD

WARNING Be careful not to break facepiece seal when pulling protective hood over your head.

1.

Place hands up under the protective hood, stretch elasticized portion and raise protective hood up and over filters.

2.

Carefully pull excess protective hood material over head, neck, and shoulders.

0005 00-23

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

DONNING THE M51 MASK WITH THE PROTECTIVE HOOD – Continued

3.

Grasp underarm straps.

4.

Bring the male end of each underarm strap and fasten to female end.

5.

Tighten underarm straps.

6.

Put on headgear.

7.

Close mask carrier flap.

DOFFING THE M51 MASK WITH THE PROTECTIVE HOOD 1. Remove head gear. 2. Open both underarm strap buckles.

3. Grasp the back of the protective hood and pull the protective hood up and over your head.

4. Loosen cheek straps completely. 5. Grasp the filters on both sides of the mask and place your thumbs below the chin cup. Pull the mask out and up over your head. 0005 00-24

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

PREPARING THE M51 MASK FOR STOWAGE IN THE MASK CARRIER 1. Support the mask by the front module.

2. Grasp the cheek straps and carefully pull the head harness over the front of the mask.

3. Holding the bottom of the protective hood, hang the mask upside down, with the inside of the mask facing toward the body. 4. Place the protective hood underarm straps inside of the protective hood (ensure straps are unbuckled).

5. Fold the protective hood ends toward the center of the protective hood once, narrowing the width of the protective hood. 6. Fold the bottom of the protective hood, particularly the side folds, to the top of the facepiece assembly once narrowing the length of the hood in half. 7. Capture the folded protective hood with the head harness skullcap using the cheek straps to narrow the width of the protective hood as much as possible.

0005 00-25

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

PREPARING THE M51 MASK FOR STOWAGE IN THE MASK CARRIER – Continued

WARNING Before stowing the mask, ensure that the cheek straps are not positioned below the M61 filters. Cheek straps positioned below the filters may stretch the mask causing improper chin placement; may induce buckling in the brow region causing improper seal; or may cause the cheek straps to catch underneath the filters delaying donning times resulting in illness or death. Cheek Straps

M61 Filter Area

8. Position the cheek straps evenly above the M61 filters. DO NOT position the cheek straps below the M61 filters. STOWING THE M51 MASK IN THE MASK CARRIER Operator Cards And Waterproofing Bag Stowage Location

Hose Stowage Location

Front

Stowage Pocket

Front




1. Stow the audio frequency amplifier (if issued) in the elasticized retaining loop located in the bottom of the mask carrier main stowage area before stowing the mask.

0005 00-26

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0005 00

STOWING THE M51 MASK IN THE MASK CARRIER – Continued 2. Place the Laser and/or Sunlight outserts in their respective outsert pouches and stow in the outsert pocket with the front module cut out on the outsert facing up towards the mask carrier flap and the outsert locking tabs facing towards the inside of the mask carrier. The clear outsert is stowed attached to the mask. The clear outsert pouch is stowed in the outsert pocket. 3. Stow the operator cards and waterproofing bag in the pocket located in the side stowage pocket. 4. Coil the hose assembly and stow in the mask carrier side stowage pocket ensuring the filter swivel connector is positioned flat against the mask carrier. When operating an armored vehicle the preferred hose storage option will require the hose to be connected to the vehicles air system prior to any required donning of the M51. 5. The microphone and microphone adapter are stowed in the mask. 6. The protective hood is stowed attached to the mask in the carrier main stowage area. 7. The mask carrier extension strap is stowed in the side stowage pocket. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005 00-27/28 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 OPERATIONS UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

GENERAL This work package applies to the M50, Field and the M51, Combat Vehicle masks. It provides operator instructions for the following operations:

M50/M51 COMMON OPERATIONS Operation in cold weather ........................................................................................ “Buddy System” for Changing Out M61 Filters in a Contaminated Area ................ . Operation in a Sandy/Dusty environment ................................................................

PAGE NO. 0006 00-1 0006 00-3 0006 00-5

NOTE Warfighters should be familiar with cold weather operations contained in FM 3-11.4 Multi-service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Protection (Army), AFTTP (l) 3-2.46 (Air Force), MCWP 3-37.2 (Marine Corps), and NTP 3-11.27 (Navy).. OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER

WARNING Keep filters dry. Excessive moisture could clog filters or saturate absorbent material and make them useless.

CAUTION Opening the outlet valve cover assembly or the communications port may be extremely difficult due to ice buildup. 1. General instructions you must follow in cold weather.

CAUTION Warm mask when possible. DO NOT warm up mask near heat or an open flame. The plastic and rubber parts of mask could be damaged. a. Dry mask with cheesecloth (Item 9, WP 0051-00) in a warm indoor area. b. Remove outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00), air deflectors (WP 0028 00) and M61 filters (WP 0032 00) and dry outlet, inlet, and self-sealing disk valves. Reinstall outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00), air deflectors (WP 0028 00) and M61 filters (WP 0032 00). c.

Before entering a warm area from subzero temperatures, remove snow from mask. 0006 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER – Continued 2. Donning your mask in cold weather.

WARNING In cold weather, DO NOT clear mask by exhaling a large volume of air. Moist air will frost eyelens and impair vision.

NOTE Use Sunlight outsert during daylight operations. The sunlight outsert will aid in the reduction of fogging and provide additional ballistic protection. a. Remove headgear, mittens, and gloves and make other adjustments to your garments as necessary to properly don your mask. b. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20). c.

Clear the M50 mask. (WP 0005 00-15) or M51 (.WP 0005 00-22).

d. Exhale slowly and lightly. If you feel resistance when exhaling, the outlet disk valve may be sticking to the valve seat. e. If outlet disk valve sticks to outlet valve seat, do the following if time permits: (1) Remove outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00). (2) Massage outlet disk valve with one finger until outlet disk valve functions properly. (3) Reinstall the outlet valve cover assembly. (WP 0025 00). f.

Resume normal breathing.

g. Put on your gloves, mittens, and headgear as necessary. 3. Doffing your mask in cold weather.

WARNING If you become overheated in extremely cold weather, do not remove your mask outdoors until your face and head have cooled and any sweat has dried. Frostbite may result if mask is removed while your face is still wet. a. Remove headgear, mittens, and gloves and make other adjustments to your garments as necessary to properly remove your mask. b. Doff your mask (WP 0005 00-16 or WP 0005 00-24) and shake frost and snow from mask. c.

Stow your mask (WP 0005 00-17 or WP 0005 00-26).

d. Put on your gloves, mittens, and headgear as necessary.

0006 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

“BUDDY SYSTEM” FOR CHANGING OUT M61 FILTERS IN A CONTAMINATED AREA

Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal



Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)


M61 Filter

WARNING Filters do not decontaminate or neutralize contamination: they merely collect and contain it. Therefore, contaminated filters are hazardous. Replacing and disposing of these filters require care to prevent a hazard to personnel or spread of contamination. Contaminated filter disposal will be conducted in accordance with service directed procedures during peacetime and wartime situations.

WARNING DO NOT remove M61 filters in a contaminated environment. The “Buddy System” (WP 0006 00) is the only exception to this rule. This procedure should only be accomplished if the warfighter cannot relocate to a clean environment due to mission or immediate filter malfunction.

WARNING DO NOT remove M61 filters in a contaminated environment to fire a weapon.

WARNING The Buddy #1 who is having his / her filters changed is responsible for ensuring that the faceseal is not broken while Buddy #2, standing directly in front of buddy #1, is removing and installing the new filters. Breaking the faceseal may result in contamination entering the mask, which could lead to serious injury or even death.

CAUTION Buddy #2 shall ensure that his/ her gloves are decontaminated before handling new filters.

0006 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

“BUDDY SYSTEM” FOR CHANGING OUT M61 FILTERS IN A CONTAMINATED AREA – Continued 1. Buddy #2 inspects the new filter packaging for damage. Filters in damaged packaging should not be used. 2. Buddy #2 removes the new filters from the foil pouch leaving the filters inside the tray. 3. Buddy #2 opens the tray to inspect the filter seal on the underside of each new filter, taking care not to touch the seal. Filters with damaged seal should not be used.

WARNING Filters must be changed out one at a time. The warfighter will be unable to breathe if both filters are removed from his/ her mask. Lack of oxygen for more than 30 seconds could lead to injury or death. Clear the mask after changing each filter. 4. Buddy #2 exposes the top of the new filters by discarding the top half of the tray.

WARNING Buddy #1 must hold his/ her mask to his/ her face during filter removal and installation, to keep his/ her mask faceseal from breaking. Breaking the mask faceseal can allow contaminated air to enter the mask, resulting in injury or death. 5. Buddy #1 holds his/her mask in place with one hand at the brow area and the other hand at the chin cup area to ensure the faceseal is not broken during this procedure. 6. Buddy #1 closes eyes and takes a deep breath and holds his/her breath. 7. Buddy #2 removes a filter from Buddy #1’s mask by squeezing the locking tabs and rotating the filter until the single filter alignment tab is aligned with the double alignment marking on the facepiece assembly. Buddy #2 discards the removed filter. 8. Buddy #2 grasps the new filter from the tray, aligns the single filter alignment tab with the double alignment marking on the facepiece assembly, firmly presses the filter seal into the filter mount and while applying pressure rotates the filter so the single filter alignment tab is aligned with the single alignment marking on the facepiece assembly locking the filter in place. 9. Buddy #2 visually inspects the new filter for proper installation.

NOTE Clear mask and perform negative pressure test after changing each filter. 10. Buddy #1 places his/her hand over the outlet valve cover assembly and blows out hard to clear the mask and conducts a negative pressure test (WP 0005-15). 11. Allow Buddy #1 a few seconds to catch his/her breath. 12. Repeat steps 5 through 10 to remove and replace the other filter. 13. Dispose of used filters in accordance with command direction. 14. Continue mission.

0006 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

OPERATION IN A SANDY/DUSTY ENVIRONMENT FOLDING THE MASK CARRIER PROTECTIVE SLEEVE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF THE CARRIER 1. Use the following procedure to protect the interior of the mask carrier from sand and/or dust. Mask Carrier Flap


Mask Carrier Hook Material

Mask Carrier Pile Material

Front

Front 2. Grasp the mask carrier flap tab and open the mask carrier. Protective Sleeve

Protective Sleeve Pile Material

Mask Carrier Flap Hook Material Mask Carrier Flap

Back

3. Fully extend the mask carrier protective sleeve from the mask carrier.

0006 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

FOLDING THE MASK CARRIER PROTECTIVE SLEEVE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF THE CARRIER – Continued Protective Sleeve


Front

4. Fold the top corners of the protective sleeve toward the front center of the carrier forming an upside down “ȁ”. Mask Carrier Flap

Mask Carrier Hook Material

Protective Sleeve Pile Material


Front

5. Starting at the top of the “ȁ”, fold or roll the protective sleeve down toward the front of the carrier until the “Pile” material on the protective sleeve is facing up.

0006 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0006 00

FOLDING THE MASK CARRIER PROTECTIVE SLEEVE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF THE CARRIER – Continued Mask Carrier Flap Tab

Mask Carrier Flap

Front

1. Close the carrier flap ensuring the “Hook” material on the flap engages the “Pile” material on the protective sleeve and the front of the carrier END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006 00-7/8 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0007 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SUNLIGHT, LASER, AND CLEAR OUTSERT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Sunlight Outsert Assembly (WP 0050 00) Laser Outsert Assembly (WP 0050 00) Clear Outsert Assembly WP 0048 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the sunlight, laser, and clear outsert assemblies. Removal and Installation procedures are applicable to all outserts. Outsert Pouch

Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab

Outsert Assembly

0007 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0007 00

SUNLIGHT, LASER, AND CLEAR OUTSERT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Outsert Locking Tab

Outsert Receptacle

Outsert Locking Tab

Outsert

1. Removal

WARNING Be careful not to break mask seal when removing the sunlight, laser, or clear outsert.

CAUTION Gently remove and install the outserts so as not to tear the outsert receptacles.

NOTE The clear outsert is to be stowed attached to the mask. If the sunlight and/or laser outsert assemblies are issued they will be placed in their respective outsert pouches and stowed in the outsert pocket on the mask carrier. If additional ballistic protection is required install the clear outsert or sunlight outsert. Usage of the outserts will be in accordance with service directives. a. With one hand, secure the mask to your face and grasp the top and bottom of the outsert with the other hand, lift vertically and gently rotate the bottom of the outsert up and away from the mask. b. Remove outsert pouch from the mask carrier and place the outsert into it. c.

Stow the outsert assembly in the outsert pocket on the mask carrier.

2. Installation a. Remove the outsert assembly from the outsert pocket on the mask carrier. b. Remove outsert from outsert pouch and place pouch back in stowage pocket.

0007 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0007 00

SUNLIGHT, LASER, AND CLEAR OUTSERT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued

NOTE Use the “Buddy System” to ensure the outsert is securely attached to the mask. c.

Grasp the top and bottom of the outsert with both hands. Align the locking tabs on the ends of the outsert with the outsert receptacles on the mask and gently push the locking tabs into the outsert receptacles.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0008 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER AND AMPLIFIER ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Audio Frequency Amplifier (WP 0049 00) Amplifier Adapter (WP 0049 00) Batteries, AAA (Item 2, WP 0050 00)

WARNING The Audio Frequency Amplifier is intrinsically safe only when using the 1.5V Energizer E 92 batteries or the DURACELL MN 2400 batteries.

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the audio frequency amplifier and the audio frequency amplifier adapter.

0008 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0008 00

AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER AND AMPLIFIER ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Top Locking Clamp

On/Off Switch Battery Compartment (2 AAA Batteries)

Locking Prongs Communications Port Connector Adapter Gasket

Battery Compartment Locking Screw

Bottom Hinged Locking Clamp

Amplifier Adapter


AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal

NOTE Ensure audio frequency amplifier is removed at the completion of each use. The amplifier will inhibit the clearing process when donning the mask. Front Module Main Body

Upper Locking Clamp

Audio Frequency Amplifier Lower Hinged Locking Clamp

Nosecup and Head Harness Not Shown For Clarity

a. Ensure audio frequency amplifier “On/Off” switch is “Off” (Toggle switch “down”). b. Grasp the audio frequency amplifier by the upper and lower locking clamps. Squeeze lower hinged locking clamp and lift amplifier up and away from mask. c.

Close communications port cover on the outlet valve cover assembly.

d. Doff the M50 mask (WP 0005 00-16) or M51 mask (WP 0005 00-24).

0008 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0008 00

AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued 2. Installation

WARNING Exposure of the Audio Frequency Amplifier to Personnel-Borne Electrostatic Discharge (PESD) or High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP) may limit the wearer’s verbal communication in a high noise environment. a. Install two “AAA” batteries in audio frequency amplifier. b. Don and clear the M50 mask (WP 0005 00-113) or M51 mask (WP 0005 00-20). c.

Open communications port cover on outlet valve cover assembly.

d. Grasp the audio frequency amplifier by the upper and lower locking clamps. Place upper locking clamp prongs into slots on the top of the front module main body. Squeeze lower hinged locking clamp and lower the amplifier down and press amplifier on to mask, ensuring amplifier communications port connector fits into the communications port receptacle, until it snaps into place. e. To use, turn “On/Off” switch to “On” (toggle switch “up”). AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal a. If mask is an M50, the audio frequency amplifier adapter may be retained in the mask.

NOTE The amplifier adapter may be substituted for the microphone adapter and stowed in the M51 mask. b. If mask is an M51, reach into the mask and grasp the amplifier adapter and gently pull the adapter pins out of the communications port receptacle and stow with amplifier in the mask carrier.

WARNING The Audio Frequency Amplifier is intrinsically safe only when using the 1.5V Energizer E 92 batteries or the DURACELL MN 2400 batteries. c.

Remove batteries from audio frequency amplifier if to be stored longer than 30 days.

d. If mask is an M50, stow the audio frequency amplifier in the mask carrier. Stow the amplifier adapter in the mask. a. If mask is an M51, replace the microphone and microphone adapter (WP 0012 00) if required and stow the audio frequency amplifier, audio frequency amplifier adapter and batteries in the mask carrier.

0008 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0008 00

AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued 2. Installation a. Place the M50 or M51 mask on a flat surface with eyelens facing down. b. If mask is an M51, reach into the mask and grasp the microphone and microphone adapter and gently pull the adapter pins out of the communications port receptacle and stow microphone and adapter in the mask carrier. Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (2)

Internal Drink Tube

Communications Port

Amplifier Adapter


c.

Place the audio frequency amplifier adapter into the mask and align the three connector pins on the adapter with the connector receptacle on the communications port in back of the front module assembly. Gently press the adapter pins into the communications port until fully home.

WARNING The Audio Frequency Amplifier is intrinsically safe only when using the 1.5V Energizer E 92 batteries or the DURACELL MN 2400 batteries. BATTERY REPLACEMENT

WARNING The Audio Frequency Amplifier is intrinsically safe only when using the 1.5V Energizer E 92 batteries or the DURACELL MN 2400 batteries. 1. Loosen battery compartment locking screw and open battery compartment. 2. Remove old batteries and replace with new ones as shown on audio frequency amplifier. 3. Close battery compartment and tighten battery compartment locking screw by hand. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0009 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER MICROPHONE AND ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Materials/Parts Air Traffic Controller Microphone (WP 0049 00) Air Traffic Controller Microphone (WP 0049 00) Microphone Adapter (WP 0047 00) Screwdriver, Jeweler (Item 13, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of an air traffic controller microphone and microphone adapter in the M50 mask.

NOTE Current ATC operations utilize two microphones: 1) the M101, 5 ohm microphone and 2) the 150 ohm microphone. The Army, Air Force and Navy use the 150 ohm microphone. Use of the air traffic controller microphones requires the use of the microphone adapter. The air traffic controller microphones and microphone adapter are only used with the M50 mask.

0009 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0009 00

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER MICROPHONE AND ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Adapter Gasket

Retaining Screws

Retaining Screws

ATC 5 Ohm Microphone, M101


Microphone Adapter

1. Removal a. Place mask on a flat surface with eyelens facing down. Internal Drink Tube

Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (2)

Communications Port ATC Microphone/Microphone Adapter Assembly


b. Reach into the mask and grasp the microphone adapter and ATC microphone and gently pull the adapter pins out of the communications port receptacle. c.

If necessary, separate the microphone adapter and ATC microphone by using a jeweler’s screwdriver and loosening the two retaining screws on the ATC microphone and gently pulling the adapter connecting pins away from the microphone receptacle. Stow the microphone adapter and air traffic controller microphone in the mask carrier.

2. Installation a. Place the mask on a flat surface with eyelens facing down. Ensure the communications port cover is closed.

0009 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0009 00

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER MICROPHONE AND ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued

NOTE The microphone adapter is gray in color and is only installed in the mask when using an ATC microphone. The microphone adapter and ATC microphone are installed as a unit. Internal Drink Tube

Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (2)

Communications Port ATC Microphone/Microphone Adapter Assembly


CAUTION Ensure gasket is on microphone adapter. If missing or damaged, notify next level of maintenance. b. To install the microphone adapter and the ATC microphone in the mask as a unit, first connect the microphone adapter to the ATC microphone by aligning the connecting pins on the adapter with the connector receptacle on the microphone and gently press the adapter into the microphone. c.

Using a jeweler’s screwdriver, tighten the two retaining screws on the ATC microphone securing the microphone adapter to the ATC microphone.

d. Place the microphone adapter and ATC microphone into the mask and align the connector pins on the adapter with the connector receptacle on the communications port in the back of the front module assembly, and gently press the adapter pins into the communications port until fully home. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0009 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER (ATC) CABLE ASSEMBLIES, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Materials/Parts Air Traffic Controller Cable Assemblies, Special (WP 0049 00) Microphone Cable (WP 0049 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the ATC special cable assemblies and microphone cable used with ATC equipment.

NOTE There are three special cable assemblies (two “Y” cables and one straight cable) to provide an interface between the M50 mask and most ATC equipment. Special cable assemblies, a modular headset and push-to talk are required to operate ATC equipment in a CBRN environment. Boom microphones are rendered inoperable when “Y” cables or the straight cable are plugged in.

0010 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

GENERAL – Continued The following ATC equipment utilizes the Cable Assembly, Special, NSN: 5995-01-502-5502, (WP 0050 00) ARMY Commercial, non-tactical headsets, with Plantronics Quick Disconnect (QD)-type cable connectors, used with Small Tower Voice Switch (STVS) (150 Ohm Microphone), Enhanced Terminal Voice Switch Systems (ETVS) (150 Ohm Microphone), and Air Traffic Navigation, Integration, and Coordination System (ATNAVICS) (150 Ohm Microphone). US MARINE CORPS

NOTE The USMC has older non-modular headsets that are directly wired into their push-to-talk with no modular break to introduce the “Y” cable which essentially eliminates the possibility of introducing any other external microphone cable in line to connect ATC communications equipment directly to the microphones located inside the M50 mask. M50-YYQ41 Switching System/Intercom. May work, but would need modular headset and push-to-talk. M50-AN/TPN 22. May work, but would need modular headset and push-to-talk. M50-Air Surveillance Position Approach Radar Control System (ASPARCS) (Both 5 & 150 Ohm Microphones). Cable Assembly, Special and modular headset. US AIR FORCE M50 - AN/MPN-14K Landing Control Central (Radar Set) (4 wire) can be configured as a complete Radar Approach Control (RAPCON) or Ground Controlled Approach (GCA) facility (5 &150 ohm microphones). M50 connected to TPN-19 via Cable Assembly, Special with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 - AN/MSN-7 & Tower Restoral Vehicle (TRV) (5 & 150 ohm microphones) (6 wire). M50 connected to TPN-19 via Cable Assembly, Special with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 - AN/MPN-25, a highly mobile, compact Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR) / Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR) / Precision Approach Radar (PAR) System (150 ohm microphone). M50 connected to AN/MPN-25 via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 - AN/MPN-26, Mobile Approach Control System Radar Surveillance Central (5 ohm microphone). Connected to AN/MPN-26 via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk.

0010 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

GENERAL – Continued US NAVY M50 - AN/SSC-12 (A & B), Shipboard Air Traffic Control Communications System (150 ohm microphone performs best). M50 connected to AN/SSC-12 via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 – OJC 314, Communications Control Console Group (150 ohm microphone performs best). M50 connected OJC 314via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 –URC 200, Radio Control Software (used in some Navy Mobile ATC) (150 ohm microphone performs best). M50 connected URC 200 via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk. M50 –PET 2000, Transceiver (used in some Navy Mobile ATC) (150 ohm microphone performs best). M50 connected PET 2000 via Plantronics “Y” cable with modular headset and push-to-talk. The following ATC equipment utilizes the Cable Assembly, Special, NSN: 5995-01- 502-5501 (WP 0050 00). US AIR FORCE M50-TPN-19 Landing Control Central (Radar Set) (5 &150 ohm microphones). M50 connected to TPN-19 via Plantronics “Y” cable, NSN 5995-01-502-5501 configuration with modular headset and push-to-talk. The following ATC equipment utilizes the Cable, Microphone, NSN: 5965-01-443-5490, (WP 0050 00). ARMY Bose Headset-Microphone H-374(V)/VRC used with the AN/TSQ-221, Tactical Airspace Integration System (TAIS) (150 Ohm Microphone). The Cable, Microphone, NSN 5965-01-443-5490, directly connects the H-374(V)/VRC headband (Nexus) U-172/U female connector to the communications port receptacle on the M50 mask. Bose Headset-Microphone H-374(V)/VRC

Microphone Cable Communications Port

0010 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

GENERAL – Continued The following ATC equipment does not require any external cable assemblies. ARMY H-161 F/GR headset used with the AN/TSQ-198, Tactical Terminal Control System (TTCS) (150 Ohm Microphone). The (Nexus) U-173/U male connector, with cable, that is connected to the M-138/G Microphone (150 Ohm) of the H-161 F/GR headset is removed and plugged directly into the communications port receptacle on the M50 mask. Note: The optional Cable Assembly, Special, NSN: 5995-01-502-5501, may be used with the H-161 F/GR headset and push-to-talk cable.

H-161 F/GR Headset

Mask Interface Connector

Communications Port

NOTE Removal of the headset microphone requires a Jewelers Screwdriver (Item 13, WP 0050 00), to loosen the two small, flat-tip screws that secure the microphone to the headset cable. David Clark Model H10-66 headset used with the AN/TPN-31, Air Traffic Navigation, Integration, and Coordination System (ATNAVICS) (5 Ohm or 150 Ohm Microphone). The (Nexus) U-173/U male connector, with cable, that is connected to the microphone of the H10-66 headset is removed and plugged directly into the communications port receptacle on the M50 mask.

David Clark Model H10-66 Headset

Communications Port

NOTE Removal of the headset microphone requires a Jewelers Screwdriver (Item 13, WP 0050 00), to loosen the two small, flat-tip screws that secure the microphone to the headset cable.

0010 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

GENERAL – Continued H-295/TSW-7 headset used with the AN/TSW-7A, ATC Central (tactical control tower) (150 Ohm Microphone). The (Nexus) U-173/U male connector, located in the H-295/TSW-7 headset microphone, is removed from the microphone or (Nexus) U-172/U female connector and connected directly to the communications port receptacle on the M50 mask.

H295/TSW-7 Headset


Communications Port

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER CABLE ASSEMBLIES, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION



1. Removal a. Cable Assembly, Special

NOTE Hold mask with one hand when removing mask interface connector to prevent breaking the mask seal.


Mask Interface Connector Push-to-talk Connector

ATC Equipment Connector

Communications Port

Communications Port Push-to-talk Connector

ATC Equipment Connector

(1) Grasp the “Y” cable two-pin mask interface connector in the communications port and gently pull connector from mask.

0010 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER CABLE ASSEMBLIES, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued (2) Close communication port cover on the outlet valve cover assembly.

(3) Disconnect short “Y” cable connector from push-to-talk.

(4) Disconnect long “Y” cable connector from ATC equipment. b. Microphone Cable


(1) Grasp the microphone cable two-pin mask interface connector and gently pull connector from the communications port on the outlet valve cover assembly. (2) Close communication port cover on the outlet valve cover assembly. (3) Gently pull the connector on the other end of the cable from the headset. 2. Installation a. Cable Assembly, Special

NOTE If possible, have another warfighter verify connection of “Y” cable to mask and ATC equipment. (1) Open the communications port cover on the outlet valve cover assembly. (2) Grasp the “Y” cable two-pin interface connector and gently insert into communications port receptacle. (3) Connect the short “Y” cable connector to the push-to-talk. (4) Connect the long “Y” cable connector to the ATC equipment. b. Microphone Cable (1) Open communication port cover on the outlet valve cover assembly.

0010 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0010 00

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER CABLE ASSEMBLIES, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued (2) Grasp the microphone cable two-pin mask interface connector and gently push the connector into the communications port on the outlet valve cover assembly. (3) Gently push the connector on the other end of the cable into the appropriate headset. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010 00-7/8 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0011 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 HOSE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Hose Assembly (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the hose assembly for the M51 mask. HOSE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Hose

Hose Assembly

0011 00-1

Vehicle Connector

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0011 00

HOSE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued

CAUTION Avoid using excessive force when locking or unlocking the hose assembly to or from the M61 filters.

NOTE The hose assembly may be attached to the M61 filter on either the left or right side of the mask.

Hose Assembly Vehicle Connector Filter Connector Clothing Clip

1. Removal

NOTE When operating an armored vehicle the preferred hose storage option will require the hose be connected to the vehicles air system prior to any donning of the M51. a. Grip the M61 filter attached to the hose assembly; turn the hose assembly filter connector clockwise until the locking tabs stop, unlocking the hose assembly (approximately 10 degrees). Release the clothing clip from clothing and lift off hose assembly. 2. Installation

NOTE If possible, have another warfighter verify connection of hose assembly to filter. a. Fit the hose assembly filter connector to either M61 filter. Align the locking tabs on the hose assembly mask filter swivel connector with the grooves in the filter. Twist the hose assembly mask connector counterclockwise until it locks in the filter lock indent (approximately 10 degrees). b. Attach the hose assembly to your clothing using the hose assembly clothing clip to stabilize the hose assembly and keep it out of your way. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0012 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 MICROPHONE AND MICROPHONE ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Microphone (WP 0047 00) Microphone Adapter (WP 0047 00) Jeweler’s screwdriver (Item 13, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the microphone and microphone adapter.

Microphone Adapter

Microphone Adapter Gasket

0012 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0012 00

MICROPHONE AND MICROPHONE ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal

NOTE The microphone adapter may be installed in the M50 mask for use with an ATC microphone therefore both models are addressed. a. Place the M50 or M51 mask on a flat surface with eyelens facing down.

Microphone Adapter


NOTE If the mask is an M51, the microphone will be attached to the microphone adapter in the mask. If the mask is an M50, the microphone adapter may or may not be installed. It is required when using an air traffic controller microphone.

NOTE The audio frequency amplifier adapter may be used in the M51 in lieu of the microphone adapter. b. If the mask is an M51, reach into the mask and grasp the microphone adapter and microphone and gently pull the adapter pins and microphone out of the communications port receptacle. Separate the microphone adapter and microphone, if necessary, using a jeweler’s screwdriver to loosen the two retaining screws on the microphone and gently pulling the adapter connecting pins away from the microphone receptacle. c.

If the mask is an M50 and the microphone adapter is installed, it may be retained in the mask for stowage.

2. Installation a. Place M50 or M51 mask on a flat surface with eyelense facing down. Ensure the communications port cover is closed.

0012 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0012 00

MICROPHONE AND MICROPHONE ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (2)

Internal Drink Tube

Communications Port

Microphone/Microphone Adapter Assembly


NOTE The microphone and microphone adapter are installed as a unit. The microphone adapter is only installed in the M50 mask when using an air traffic controller microphone.

Microphone Adapter


b. To install the microphone and microphone adapter as a unit, first connect the microphone to the microphone adapter by aligning the connecting pins on the microphone adapter with the connector receptacle on the microphone and gently press the microphone adapter into the microphone. Ensure the back of the microphone is against the front module assembly (the back of the microphone is marked “BACK”). Using a jeweler’s screwdriver, tighten the two retaining screws on the microphone securing the microphone to the microphone adapter. Next, place the microphone adapter and microphone into the mask and align the connector pins on the microphone adapter with the connector receptacle on the communications port in the back of the front module assembly, and gently press the adapter pins into the communications port. c.

To install the microphone adapter into the M50 mask, place the adapter into the mask and align the connector pins on the microphone adapter with the connector receptacle on the communications port in back of the front module assembly. Gently press the microphone adapter pins into the communications port.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0012 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0013 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 COMMUNICATIONS LEAD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Communications Lead (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the communications lead.

0013 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0013 00

M51 COMMUNICATIONS LEAD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Communications Lead

Communications Port

1. Removal

CAUTION Be careful not to break mask seal when removing the communications lead. a. Steady mask with one hand, grasp the communications lead combat vehicle crewman (CVC) helmet connector and gently remove the connector from the CVC helmet. b. Continue to steady the mask with one hand, grasp the communications lead and gently pull the communications port connector from the communications port receptacle. c.

Close the communications port cover.

2. Installation a. Open the communications port cover.

NOTE If possible, have another warfighter verify connection of communications lead to mask. b. Steady mask with one hand, align the connector pins on the communications lead with the connector receptacle in the communications port and gently press the communications lead into the communications port. c.

Connect the communications lead CVC helmet connector to the CVC helmet.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0014 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 INTERNAL DRINK TUBE FIT CHECK

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Internal Drink Tube (WP 0047 00) Shears (Item 17, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for conducting a fit check of the internal drink tube. Internal Drink Tube


0014 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0014 00

INTERNAL DRINK TUBE FIT CHECK

CAUTION Internal drink tube must be removed from facepiece prior to adjusting length to prevent damage to facepiece.

NOTE Internal drink tube should be long enough to facilitate easy drinking by the warfighter. It may collide with face or touch lips when moving from the stowed position to the drinking position. 1. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask. 2. Turn drink tube lever on front module assembly upward, until it stops and internal drink tube is in drinking position. 3. If internal drink tube is too long, the length may be cut to fit the warfighter as follows: Cut Locations on Internal Drink Tube

a. Doff M50 (WP 0005 00-16) or M51 (WP 0005 00-24) mask. b. Remove internal drink tube by gently pulling it from shut-0ff valve spindle (WP 0042 00). c.

Cut internal drink tube behind first barb.

d. Reinstall internal drink tube on shut-off valve spindle ensuring the internal drink tube is aligned with internal drink tube alignment arrow on nosecup. 4. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask and check length of internal drink tube for fit. 5. Repeat steps 3a, b, c, d and 4 as necessary to achieve proper fit. 6. Verify alignment of internal drink tube with alignment arrow on nosecup. Make adjustments as required. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 3 OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0015 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – OPERATOR

INTRODUCTION This work package covers operator troubleshooting procedures for the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. It lists a series of symptoms, their possible causes, and recommended solutions. If the recommendations in this work package fail to resolve a problem, seek next higher maintenance level support. MALFUNCTION/SYMPTOM INDEX – OPERATOR MALFUNCTION/SYMPTOM

PAGE NO.

High Breathing Resistance....................................................................................... Low Drinking Rate.................................................................................................... Facepiece Fails To Seal........................................................................................... Poor Light Transmission Through Eyelens .............................................................. ATC Microphone Inoperative ................................................................................... Audio Frequency Amplifier Inoperative .................................................................... Microphone with Microphone adapter Inoperative ................................................... Hose Assembly Does Not Provide Enough Air ........................................................ M51 Facepiece Assembly Buclles in Brow Area......................................................

0015 00-1 0015 00-1 0015 00-2 0015 00-2 0015 00-2 0015 00-2 0015 00-2 0015 00-2 0015 00-3

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – OPERATOR

WARNING Do not conduct Troubleshooting Procedures in a contaminated area. It could cause illness or death. Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures – Operator SYMPTOM/FAULT 1. High Breathing Resistance

PROBABLE CAUSE Disk valve sticking.

ACTION Clean inlet/outlet, and self-sealing disk valves and seats (WP 0017 00).

Blockage in airflow.

Check inlet and outlet air passages for obstructions.

Filter is saturated/plugged.

Report to Field Maintenance.

0015 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0015 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures – Operator – Continued SYMPTOM/FAULT 2. Low Drinking Rate

3. Facepiece fails to seal

4. Poor Light Transmission Through Eyelens 5. ATC Microphone Inoperative

6. Audio Frequency Amplifier Inoperative

7. Microphone Inoperative

8. Hose Assembly Does Not Provide Enough Air

PROBABLE CAUSE Water level low in canteen.

ACTION Refill canteen.

Drinking coupler not fully engaged.

Press drink coupler into cap with thumb.

Shut off valve spindle not fully open.

Turn drink lever on fully.

Blockage in system. Damage to facepiece assembly.

Clean drinking system (WP 0017 00). Examine facepiece for damage; report to Field Maintenance (WP 0024 00).

Filter not properly installed.

Check and reinstall filter (WP 0032 00).

Mask incorrectly sized or fitted.


Incorrect harness adjustment.

Check harness adjustment and readjust if necessary (WP 0027 00). Report to Field Maintenance

If mask is an M51, incorrect hood size Dirty eyelens.

Clean eyelens (WP 0017 00).

Damaged eyelens. Microphone adapter missing or damaged.

Report to Field Maintenance. Report to Field Maintenance.

ATC microphone missing or damaged.


ATC cable missing or damaged.


Microphone cable missing or damaged Audio frequency amplifier adapter missing or damaged.


Batteries expended.

Replace batteries (WP 0008 00).

Audio frequency amplifier missing or damaged. Communications lead is missing or damaged.


Microphone, microphone adapter or microphone adapter gasket is missing, damaged, or improperly mounted. Filter is loose or damaged.


Hose assembly has holes or tears.


Hose assembly connectors are missing or damaged.


0015 00-2



Replace filter (WP 0032 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0015 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures – Operator – Continued SYMPTOM/FAULT 9. M51 Facepiece Assembly Buckles in Brow Area

PROBABLE CAUSE M51 Facepiece Assembly is being stretched

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015 00-3/4 blank

ACTION Inspect Facepiece Assembly and protective hood for damage. Inspect protective hood for proper size and installation and readjust as necessary. Report to Field Maintenance

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 4 FIELD LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0016 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL

INTRODUCTION This work package lists a series of symptoms, their possible causes, and recommended solutions for troubleshooting the JSGPM M50, Field and JSGPM M51, Combat Vehicle configurations at the field maintenance level. MALFUNCTION/SYMPTOM INDEX – FIELD LEVEL Eyelens Fogs Excessively........................................................................................ Insufficient Air to User .............................................................................................. Facepiece Fails to Seal............................................................................................ Audio Frequency Amplifier Inoperative .................................................................... Drink System Inoperative ......................................................................................... Air Traffic Controller Microphone Inoperative .......................................................... Microphone, Microphone Adapter and Communications Lead Inoperative............. Hose Assembly Does Not Provide Sufficient Air from Vehicle Collective Protection System ..............................................................

PAGE NO. 0016 00-2 0016 00-3 0016 00-4 0016 00-7 0016 00-8 0016 00-9 0016 00-10 0016 00-11

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL 1. Perform functional test first. Next, use the symptom index for quick access to the troubleshooting procedures. 2. The following illustration describes the use of the troubleshooting procedures.

0016 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued

NOTE PMCS should be performed prior to conducting troubleshooting procedures EYELENS FOGS EXCESSIVELY M50 M51

0016 00-2

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued INSUFFICIENT AIR TO USER M50 M51

0016 00-3

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued FACEPIECE FAILS TO SEAL M50 M51

0016 00-4

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued FACEPIECE FAILS TO SEAL – Continued M50 M51

0016 00-5

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued FACEPIECE FAILS TO SEAL – Continued M51 - Specific

0016 00-6

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER INOPERATIVE M50 M51

0016 00-7

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued DRINK SYSTEM INOPERATIVE M50 M51

0016 00-8

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER MICROPHONE INOPERATIVE M50 - Specific

0016 00-9

0016 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0016 00

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued MICROPHONE, MICROPHONE ADAPTER AND COMMUNICATIONS LEAD INOPERATIVE M51 – Specific

0016 00-10

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0016 00

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – FIELD LEVEL – Continued HOSE ASSEMBLY DOES NOT PROVIDE ENOUGH AIR FROM VEHICLE COLLECTIVE PROTECTION SYSTEM M51 – Specific

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0016 00-11/12 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 5 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0017 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CLEANING THE MASK

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Outsert Pouch (WP 0047 00 Gloves (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) Scrub brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) Soap (Item 14, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for cleaning the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks.

WARNING DO NOT stow mask in mask carrier until it is completely dry.

CAUTION DO NOT use hot or boiling water to clean the mask. Damage to the mask may result. Use warm (comfortable to the touch) water. Use only mild toilet soap to clean mask.

NOTE Mask must be cleaned and sanitized before transferring to another warfighter.

NOTE Mask must be cleaned, sanitized and inspected if contaminated with petroleum, oils, or lubricants.(POL)

0017 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0017 00

CLEANING THE MASK Brow Strap (2) Nosecup Brow Strap Slots

External Drink Tube




Drink Coupler

Temple Strap (2)

Cheek Strap Ladder Lock Buckle (2) Outsert Receptacle

Clear Outsert Outlet Valve Cover Assembly Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve

Drink Tube Lever Drink Coupler Receptacle Self Sealing Disk Valve (2)

Filter Alignment Marks

M61 Filter (2)

1. Remove M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask from mask carrier. 2. If installed, remove Vision Correction Assembly (WP 0033 00). 3. Remove clear outsert from mask if attached (WP 0007 00). 4. Remove the sunlight and laser outserts, if issued, from the outsert pocket on the mask carrier. 5. Remove head harness (WP 00 27 00). 6. Remove M61 filters (WP 0032 00), inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00), self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and air deflectors (WP 0028 00) from filter mounts. 7. If installed, remove the audio frequency amplifier. 8. If installed, remove the audio frequency amplifier adapter. 9. Remove outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00) and outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00). 10. If cleaning an M51 mask, remove the microphone, microphone adapter (WP 0012 00), communications lead (WP 0013 00) and protective hood (WP 0034 00). 11. Remove greasy or oily substances from mask by wiping with an outsert pouch. 12. There are two levels of cleaning. The first is light cleaning conducted after normal operations; the second is heavy cleaning conducted prior to mask turn-in, sanitizing, transfer to another warfighter, or after extensive operational use. a. Light Cleaning (1) Dip an outsert pouch in warm soapy water and wring pouch almost dry. Clean outlet valve cover assembly, outlet disk valve, inlet disk valves, air deflectors, self-sealing disk valves, audio frequency amplifier adapter and head harness with the outsert pouch.

0017 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0017 00

CLEANING THE MASK – Continued (2) Rinse by dipping the outsert pouch in warm clear water, wring pouch almost dry and wipe the mask and components with the clean water. Allow to air dry. b. Heavy Cleaning (1) The Field level technician or other trained person will provide a pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) with warm (comfortable to the touch) water for cleaning mask components. (If the Organizational level technician or other trained person feels it is necessary, a pail with soap (Item 14, WP 0050 00) and water may be provided for cleaning and a pail of water will be provided for rinsing the mask components). (2) Immerse the facepiece, outlet valve cover assembly, (3) inlet/outlet disk valves; (2) selfsealing disk valves, head harness, and (2) air deflectors in the water. Agitate until all sand, dirt and foreign debris has been removed. (3) Rinse in clear, warm water. 13. Dry facepiece, outlet disk valve cover assembly, (3) inlet/outlet disk valves, (2) self-sealing disk valves, and (2) air deflectors with a dry outsert pouch and allow to air dry. Hang head harness to air dry. 14. Clean eyelens and outserts with dry outsert pouch. 15. If cleaning an M51 mask, clean the microphone, microphone adapter and communications lead with outsert pouch. 16. Clean the audio frequency amplifier adapter, if installed, with outsert pouch. 17. Clean the drinking system.

CAUTION Do not use toilet soap in water. a. Fill the canteen with clean, potable water. b. Reinstall the dry outlet disk valve and outlet valve cover assembly. c.

Open retaining strap on the water canteen cap.

d. Connect the drink coupler to the canteen cap and turn the drink lever on the front module assembly upward until it stops and is fully opened to open the drink tube shutoff valve. e. Hold the mask upside down with the internal drink tube facing away from the mask and allow water to flow through the drinking system. Repeat the process twice. f.

Remove the water canteen cap (while still attached to the drink coupler) to drain any remaining water.

g. Remove the drink coupler from the water canteen cap. h. Close the retaining strap on the water canteen cap. i.

Turn the drink lever on the front module assembly downward until it stops and is fully closed to close the drink tube shutoff valve.

j.

Place water canteen cap back on canteen.

0017 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0017 00

CLEANING THE MASK – Continued

CAUTION Do not reinstall components unless completely dry. 18. Reinstall head harness (WP 0027 00). 19. Reinstall inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00), self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and air deflectors on filter mounts (WP0028 00).

NOTE Ensure the air deflectors are aligned with the air deflector alignment posts and fit securely over the filter mount clamp rings. 20. Wrap the external drink tube around the front module assembly, and replace the drink coupler in its receptacle. 21. Reinstall the M61 filters (WP 0032 00). 22. Reinstall vision correction assembly, if used (WP 0033 00). 23. If cleaning an M51 mask, reinstall the microphone, microphone adapter (WP 0012 00), communications lead and protective hood (WP 0034 00). 24. Reinstall the audio frequency amplifier adapter (WP 0008 00), if required. 25. Reinstall clear outsert (WP 0007 00) 26. When completely dry, don the mask and perform negative pressure test. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0018 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SANITIZING THE MASK

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Disposable Applicator (item 1, WP 0050 00) Isopropyl Rubbing Alcohol (item 12, WP 0050 00) Outsert Pouch (WP 0047 00) Cloth, Cheesecloth (item 8, WP 0050 00) Gloves (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) Calcium Hypochlorite (Item 5, WP 0050 00) Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (3) (WP 0047 00) Self-Sealing Disk Valve (2) (WP 0047 00) Head Harness (WP 0047 00) Internal Drink Tube (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for sanitizing the M50 and M51 masks. Instructions may be performed by the warfighter but must be closely supervised and inspected by a trained M50/M51 Field level technician or other trained personnel.

WARNING Wear gloves (Item 11, WP 0050 00) to protect hands. Sanitizing solution could cause injury to personnel.

0018 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0018 00

GENERAL – Continued

NOTE When you sanitize a mask, use only potable water. Sanitizing is required before mask is transferred to another warfighter and when the mask is turned in as serviceable excess. The mask must be cleaned prior to sanitizing. Refer to (WP 0017 00).Cleaning The Facepiece Assembly. The mask must be cleaned, sanitized and inspected if contaminated with petroleum, oils, or lubricants (POL). SANITIZING THE MASK Brow Strap (2) Nosecup Brow Strap Slots

External Drink Tube




Drink Coupler

Temple Strap (2)

Cheek Strap Ladder Lock Buckle (2) Outsert Receptacle

Clear Outsert Outlet Valve Cover Assembly Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve

Drink Tube Lever Drink Coupler Receptacle Self Sealing Disk Valve (2)


M61 Filter (2)

1. Remove M50 (WP 0005 00-1) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask from mask carrier. 2. If installed, remove the vision correction assembly (WP 0033 00) from mask. 3. Remove clear outsert from mask if attached (WP 0007 00). 4. Remove the sunlight and laser outserts, if issued, from the outsert pocket on the mask carrier. 5. Remove head harness (WP 0027 00). 6. Remove M61 filters, (WP 0032 00), and discard self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00). Remove air deflectors (WP 0028 00) from filter mounts and discard inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00). 7. If installed, remove the audio frequency amplifier (WP 0008 00). 8. If installed, remove the audio frequency amplifier adapter (WP 0008 00). 9. Remove outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00) and discard outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00).

0018 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0018 00

SANITIZING THE MASK – Continued

NOTE Only discard internal drink tube if mask is being transferred to another warfighter or it is unserviceable. 10. Remove and discard internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). 11. If sanitizing an M51, remove the microphone, microphone adapter (WP 0012 00), communications lead (WP 0013 00), and protective hood (WP 0034 00).

NOTE Prepare enough sanitizing solution to cover facepiece. Use one gallon of solution for every 10 masks. 12. Add level 1/2 teaspoon of calcium hypochlorite (Item 5, WP 0050 00) to each gallon of clean water in a utility pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00).

WARNING Ensure that calcium hypochlorite is fully dissolved. If not, drinking system can be damaged, resulting in leaks and hazard to personnel. 13. Mix thoroughly to dissolve calcium hypochlorite. 14. Immerse facepiece, outserts, air deflectors, head harness and outlet valve cover, for 5 minutes in sanitizing solution. 15. After 5 minutes, gently agitate the facepiece in the solution while wiping with an outsert pouch. Take particular care to clean around and behind the nosecup. 16. Lift out facepiece and shake off excess solution. 17. Rinse facepiece in clear warm water, gently agitating for 2 minutes. 18. Invert the facepiece so the top is pointing to the ground to allow excess water to drain. 19. Moisture remaining on the facepiece, outserts, air deflectors, and outlet valve cover assembly may be wiped dry using a clean, dry outsert pouch or allowed to air dry. Hang head harness to air dry. 20. Sanitize the drinking system. a. Install new outlet disk valve and reinstall outlet valve cover assembly . b. Remove water canteen cap, fill canteen with calcium hypochlorite solution (Item 5 WP 0050 00) and replace water canteen cap. c.

Remove drink coupler from its housing and unwrap external drink tube from the front module main body.

d. Open water canteen cap retaining strap on water canteen cap. e. Connect the drink coupler to the water canteen cap and turn the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward, until it stops and is fully opened, to open the drink tube shutoff valve.

0018 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0018 00

SANITIZING THE MASK – Continued f.

Invert water canteen above mask. Squeeze canteen to force the sanitizing solution through the drink coupler.

g. Lower water canteen to upright position or squeeze sides to vent canteen. Use entire contents. h. Rinse twice with clear water using the same process. i.

Remove the water canteen cap (while still attached to the drink coupler) from the canteen to drain excess water.

j.

Turn the drink tube lever on the front module main body, downward, until it stops and is fully closed, to close the drink tube shutoff valve.

k.

Remove drink coupler from water canteen cap, close water canteen cap retaining strap and replace cap on canteen.

l.

Remove outlet valve cover assembly and new outlet disk valve.

m. Dry all parts with clean, dry outsert pouch or allow to air dry. n. Remove drink coupler from external drink tube. Sanitize the microphone, microphone adapter, communications lead, drink coupler and if issued the audio frequency amplifier adapter using applicator and isopropyl alcohol (Items 1 and 12, WP 0050 00). 21. Sanitize the protective hood using cheesecloth and isopropyl alcohol (Items 9 and 12, WP 0050 00). 22. Sanitize the hose assembly using cheesecloth and isopropyl alcohol (Items 9 and 12, WP 0050 00).

CAUTION Do not install or reinstall any components unless completely dry. 23. Reinstall head harness (WP 0027 00). 24. Install new inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00) and self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00).

NOTE Ensure the air deflectors are properly aligned over filter mount alignment posts and fit securely over the filter mount clamp ring(WP 0028 00). 25. Reinstall air deflectors (WP 0028 00) on filter mount clamp rings.

NOTE Only install new internal drink tube if mask is being transferred to another warfighter or the current drink tube is unserviceable. 26. Install new internal drink tube (WP 0042 00).

0018 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0018 00

SANITIZING THE MASK – Continued 27. Reinstall drink coupler on external drink tube (WP 0026 00). 28. Wrap the external drink tube around the front module main body, and replace the drink coupler in its receptacle. 29. Reinstall M61 filters (WP 0032 00). 30. Reinstall vision correction assembly (WP 0033 00), if used. 31. Reinstall microphone, microphone adapter (WP 0012 00), and communications lead (WP 0013 00), if required. 32. Reinstall audio frequency amplifier adapter (WP 0013 00), if required. 33. Reinstall Protective Hood (WP 0034 00), if required. 34. Reinstall clear outsert (WP 0007 00). 35. When completely dry, don the mask and perform negative pressure test 36. Stow mask in mask carrier (WP 0005 00-18 or WP 0005 00-27). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018 00-5/6 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0019 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CLEANING THE MASK CARRIER

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Pail (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Scrub brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for cleaning the M50 and M51 mask carrier.

CAUTION Do not use hot water, bleach, detergents, or soak or immerse mask carrier to clean it.

NOTE It is recommended to have one wet and one dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) for cleaning more than one item. CLEANING THE MASK CARRIER 1. Empty pockets and contents from mask carrier. 2. Extend carrier protective sleeve. 3. Extend MOLLE attaching panel from side storage pocket. 4. Shake mask carrier upside down to remove dirt and foreign matter. 5. Reach into the mask carrier with a dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove as much loose dirt, sand, and foreign matter as possible. 6. Use a dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove excess dirt, sand, and foreign matter from the exterior of the mask carrier, the carrier outsert pocket, MOLLE attachment panel and stowage pocket.

0019 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P CLEANING THE MASK CARRIER – Continued 7. Soak brush in pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) of cool water. 8. Shake brush to remove excess water. 9. Clean mask carrier with brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) and cool water. 10. Hang mask carrier to dry. 11. Ensure mask carrier and mask components are completely dry before stowing mask. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019 00-2

0019 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0020 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CLEANING THE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER BAG

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Pail (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Scrub brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for cleaning the Individual Equipment Carrier Bag.

CAUTION Do not use hot water, bleach, detergents, or soak or immerse individual equipment carrier bag to clean it.

NOTE It is recommended to have one wet and one dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) for cleaning more than one item. CLEANING THE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER BAG 1. Empty pockets and contents from bag. 2. Shake bag upside down to remove dirt and foreign matter. 3. Use a dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove as much loose dirt, sand, and foreign matter as possible from the interior of the bag. Make sure you clean the pockets and seams. 4. Use a dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove excess dirt, sand, and foreign matter from the exterior of the bag. 5. Soak brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) in pail (Item 13, WP 0051 00) of cool water. 6. Shake brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove excess water.

0020 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P CLEANING THE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER BAG – Continued 7. Clean bag with brush (Item 4, WP 0051 00) and cool water. 8. Hang bag to air dry. 9. Ensure bag and bag components are completely dry before repacking bag. 10. Repackage bag with AAL items (WP 0005 00 10). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0020 00-2

0020 00

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0021 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CLEANING THE PROTECTIVE HOODS

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Pail (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Scrub brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for cleaning the protective hood. The procedures are applicable to both the Large and Medium/Small size protective hoods

CAUTION Do not use hot water, bleach, detergents, or soak or immerse protective hood to clean it.

NOTE It is recommended to have one wet and one dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) for cleaning more than one item. CLEANING THE PROTECTIVE HOOD 1. Remove the protective hood from the mask (WP 0034 00). 2. Shake protective hood interior and exterior to remove dirt and foreign matter. 3. Brush the exterior and interior of the protective hood with a dry brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove as much loose dirt, sand, and foreign matter as possible. 4. Soak brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) in pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) of cool water. 5. Shake brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) to remove excess water. 6. Clean exterior and interior of protective hood with brush (Item 4, WP 0050 00) and cool water. 7. Hang protective hood to air dry. 8. Ensure protective hood is completely dry before replacing on mask (WP 0034 00). END OF WORK PACKAGE 0021 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0022 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 CLEANING THE HOSE ASSEMBLY

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Outsert Pouch (WP 0047 00) Gloves (Item 11, WP 0050 00) Pail (Item 13, WP 0050 00) Soap (Item 14, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for cleaning the hose assembly.

CAUTION Do not use hot water, bleach, or detergents to clean hose assembly. CLEANING THE M51 HOSE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove hose assembly from M51 mask (WP 0011 00) and vehicle collective protection system. 2. Dip an Outsert Pouch in warm soapy water and wring pouch almost dry. Clean hose assembly, with the outsert pouch. 3. Immerse the hose assembly in warm soapy water and agitate for 2 minutes. 4. Rinse in clear, warm water. 5. Dry hose assembly with outsert pouch and hang to air dry before stowing or reinstalling. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0023 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 INTRODUCTION TO OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

INTRODUCTION This work package provides an introduction to operator PMCS for the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. GENERAL The Operator PMCS table (WP 0024 00) has been provided to enable you to keep your equipment in good operating condition. The PMCS table is arranged to provide procedures for checks and services to be performed before, during, and after operation of the mask. A thorough initial inspection to include sizing, fitting, fit testing, and after use inspection is critical to ensure it is providing you with maximum protection. If you have not used your mask for a period of 30 days or more, specific checks are required in addition to the before checks to ensure that your mask is ready to be used. Shortcomings that DO NOT limit the equipment operational capability (form, fit, or function) are not noted in this TM. These minor discrepancies should be attended to and maintained to prevent them from becoming deficiencies. The following paragraphs provide information on how to use the PMCS tables. Report any malfunctions or failures on the proper service-related maintenance form. Navy personnel will use the Planned Maintenance System (PMS) requirements guidance contained in OPNAVINST 4790.4C.

NOTE Within each section of the PMCS table, tasks are divided into those that are common to both the M50 and M51 as well as those specific to only the M51. Perform all tasks that are common and specific to your mask. INSPECTION The most detailed inspection and PMCS of your mask is accomplished after each time it is used and when it is first received. The Before, During and After PMCS checks are designed to ensure that the mask is ready for use without causing you to spend a lot of time on your mask before beginning a mission. Therefore, it is vital for your safety that you perform all the checks in the interval listed. The Before PMCS procedures ensure that all the mask parts are present and verify the most important components of the mask are operational. The During PMCS procedures check items that are most readily checked while operating the mask. The After PMCS procedures provide a detailed check of the mask to ensure that any items not performing properly are repaired prior to any additional use. In the event that you have not used your mask for a period of thirty days or more, perform all Before, During, and After PMCS prior to using the mask. This will allow you to correct any problems that may have occurred during storage.

0023 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0023 00

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS WARNINGS and CAUTIONS appear before the applicable procedures. You must observe all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS to prevent serious injury to yourself or others and to prevent damage to your equipment. PMCS PROCEDURES The following paragraphs describe the information presented in each column of the PMCS table (WP 0024 00). 1. Item Number Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. Item numbers appear in the order that you must do checks and services for the intervals listed. Record any faults that you discover before, during, or after operation. You DO NOT need to record faults that you fix. 2. Interval Column. This column tells you when you must do the procedure in the procedure column. Do the Before PMCS – just before you operate the mask or deploy. Do the During PMCS – while you are using the mask. Do the After PMCS – right after use or before you store the mask. 3. Item to Check/Service Column. This column identifies the item to be checked or serviced. 4. Procedure Column. This column gives the procedure you must do to check or service the item listed in the Item to Check/Service column. This will tell you if the equipment is ready or available for the intended mission or for operation. You must do the procedure at the time stated in the interval column. 5. Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. . Information in this column provides a brief statement of the condition (e.g., malfunction, shortage) that would cause the equipment to be less than fully ready to perform its assigned mission.. If the procedure contains detail steps the statement shall be placed opposite the applicable step. If a check and service shows a fault listed in this column notify the next higher level of maintenance. 6. Other Table Entries. Be sure to observe all special information and notes that appear in your table. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

INTRODUCTION Table 1 contains instructions for performing operator level PMCS on the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. The instructions list checks, services, and criteria to ensure the M50 and M51 masks are ready for operation. Perform all checks and services at the specified intervals. Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services ITEM NO.

INTERVAL Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED

PROCEDURE

WARNING If you have not used your mask for 30 days or more, perform all PMCS prior to using your mask.

WARNING DO NOT use tissue paper or a paper towel to remove dirt or moisture from front module cover, outlet disk valve, or outlet valve seat. Paper may break up and lodge in outlet disk valve area causing leakage.

CAUTION DO NOT use high-pressure water to clean mask; it may damage components.

CAUTION Mask system must be clean prior to conducting PMCS and cleaned after operations. Sanitizing will be conducted prior to re-issue to another warfighter or prior to turn-in as excess.

NOTE If components identified in PMCS are not present, notify next higher level of maintenance.

0024 00-1

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF:

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services – Continued ITEM NO.

1

INTERVAL

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED M50/M51 Common Items Mask Carrier

PROCEDURE

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Mask Carrier Protection Sleeve


Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps



Front

a. Visually inspect mask carrier and carrier flap tab for fraying, tears or rips and damage to hook and pile fasteners.

b. Visually inspect mask carrier waist strap, leg strap, MOLLE attachment panel and carrier protection sleeve for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm mask. Check seams for broken stitches.

0024 00-2

Waist Strap

Back

Mask carrier is severely frayed, torn, or ripped or there is damage to the hook and pile fasteners or carrier flap tab. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Waist strap, leg strap MOLLE attachment panel or carrier protection sleeve are severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

2

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Individual Equipment Carrier Bag


PROCEDURE

Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket

Outside View


Stowage Pocket



a. Visually inspect Individual Equipment Carrier bag for fraying, tears or rips. Inspect slide fastener and snaps for damage. b. Visually inspect AAL item retaining straps in interior of bag for fraying, tears or rips. Ensure retaining straps are secured to bag. c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm AAL items. Check seams for broken stitches.

0024 00-3

Severely frayed, torn, or ripped. Slide fastener or snaps damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Severely frayed, torn, or ripped or not secured to bag. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

3

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Facepiece Assembly


PROCEDURE

Brow Strap (2) External Drink Tube

Nosecup Brow Strap Slots Front Module Main Body

Drink Coupler

Pivoting Head Harness Buckle (2) Brow Strap Cover Head Harness Skull Cap Temple Strap (2)

Cheek Strap

Outlet Valve Cover Assembly Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve

Ladder Lock Buckle (2) Outsert Receptacle Drink Tube Lever Drink Coupler Receptacle



a. Remove clear outsert from mask, if attached. b. Inspect facepiece assembly for holes, tears, and splits. Look closely at edges of mask assembly. Inspect for soft or sticky spots. Inspect for stiff areas that crumble when rubbed between fingers and for cracks that expand when rubber is stretched.

c. Visually inspect eyelens for cracks, cuts, scratches, or stains that affect vision.

d. Pull head harness brow strap slots, head harness buckles and facepiece beard and visually inspect for rubber deterioration. e. Visually inspect bonding around the eyelens.

f. Visually inspect head harness pivoting and ladder lock buckles for damage.

0024 00-4

There are tears or holes in the facepiece. Facepiece has soft or sticky spots that allow air to enter mask assembly or stiff areas that crumble when rubbed between fingers and cracks that expand when rubber is stretched. Report to next higher level of maintenance. The eyelens is cracked or is scratched so as to impair vision. Report to next higher level of maintenance. There are signs of rubber deterioration Report to next higher level of maintenance. Bonding around eyelens is not secure or appears to be coming loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Buckles are broken or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE g. Visually inspect facepiece interior and ensure vision correction stand-off is present.

4

Before

Vision correction standoff missing or damaged

Head Harness


Temple Strap

Cheek Strap

Head Harness

a. Visually inspect skullcap and stitching, head harness straps and brow strap covers.

b. Inspect head harness for loss of elasticity.

c. Pull on head harness straps and make sure buckles hold straps tight. 5

Before

Outlet Valve Cover Assembly

Skullcap is cut, ripped, or torn; stitching is loose or coming apart; brow strap covers are damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Head harness will not hold mask assembly firmly against face. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Buckles will not hold straps. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Baffle Assembly

Communications Port Cover

Front

Rear


a. Remove outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00) and visually inspect for breaks or other damage.

0024 00-5

Cover is broken, cracked or otherwise damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE b. Inspect communications port cover for damage and ensure front cover baffle is in place and secure.

6

Before

Front Module

Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post

Front cover baffle is damaged, loose, or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Drink Tube Lever


Communications Port

Front Module Main Body Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

a. Remove outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00) and visually inspect front module main body, communications port, drink tube lever, external drink tube, drink coupler and drink coupler receptacle for damage and/or missing parts.

b. Remove outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00) and visually inspect for damage or deterioration.

c. Inspect valve seat and valve mounting post for damage.

d. Reinstall outlet valve and outlet valve cover assembly. e. Turn drink tube lever upward to open drink system shut-off valve. Check drinking system by blowing into internal drink tube. Some resistance should be felt.

0024 00-6

Front module main body is loose; communications port, drink tube lever, external drink tube and drink coupler are damaged or missing and/or drink coupler receptacle is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Outlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

There is no resistance when blowing into the internal drink tube. Drink tube lever is hard to rotate or will not rotate. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

7

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Filter Mounts Left and Right


PROCEDURE

Air Deflector





Air Deflector Alignment Post Filter Mount Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Self-Sealing Disc Valve

Outside

Inside

Filter Mount Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

a. Remove M61 filters from filter mounts (WP 0032 00) and visually inspect filter mounts for tight fit and damage. b. Visually inspect Serial Number and Lot on filter mount to ensure they are readable. c. Visually inspect Bar Code on filter mount for damage. d. Remove self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and visually inspect for damage or deterioration. e. Inspect self-sealing valve seat and valve mounting post for damage. Remove air deflectors and Inlet valves from filter mounts inside the mask and visually inspect for damage or deterioration. Inspect inlet valve seat and valve mounting post for damage. f. Reinstall inlet valves and air deflectors on filter mounts inside the mask. g.Reinstall self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and inspect for proper operation by pressing down firmly on center of valve. Disk valve should pop open and then close when pressure is removed. h. Install M61 filters and check self-sealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0032 00).

0024 00-7

Filter mounts left or right are loose or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Not readable. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Bar Code damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Self-sealing disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seats are damaged and/or valve mounting posts are broken. Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Self-sealing disk valve does not function properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

8

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED M61 filters


PROCEDURE

Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal



Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)


M61 Filter

a. Visually inspect for filter Lot number and barcode.

b. Check that M61 filter seal is present. c. Visually inspect M61 filters for cracks, dents, or holes. Inspect air passages to ensure filter is not clogged with dirt. Inspect locking tabs on both sides of the filter.

d. Visually inspect M61 filters for alignment markings.

e. Visually inspect M61 filter mounting lugs and connector surface on filter mount assemblies for damage.

f. Visually inspect M61 filter selfsealing valve actuator for damage.

g. Shake M61 filters and listen for signs of loose absorbent particles.

0024 00-8

Filter Lot number has expired or is not readable. Barcode is missing or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter seal is missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter is cracked, dented, or damaged on a seam and/or filter air passages are clogged with dirt. Locking tabs are missing or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Alignment markings are worn or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter mounting lugs are broken or otherwise damaged or filter mount assembly surface is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter self-sealing valve actuator is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Loose particles rattle or dust falls out when filter canister is shaken. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE h. Inspect filter time patch assembly housing and blotter paper alignment within the window piece. Inspect time patch blotting paper for black and/or blue specs.

Time patch assembly color is dark blue; housing is missing or damaged; blotting paper is misaligned in window piece; black and/or blue specs can be seen holding the filter at arms length. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filters do not properly attach to filter mount assemblies. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

i. Remove and install M61 filters to check for proper attachment to filter mount (WP 0032 00).

j. Install M61 filters and check self-sealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0032 00). 9

Before

Mask Interior

Vision Correction Support Frame Stand-off

Communications Port

Internal Drink Tube


Air Deflector Alignment Posts

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount

Chincup Beard

Air Deflector Air Deflectors Inside Mask View Nosecup and Head Harness Not Shown For Clarity

Check to see that the following components are present: Internal drink tube Nosecup Inlet/outlet disk valves Left and right air deflectors Vision correction support frame Stand-off

0024 00-9

Chincup Moisture Outlet

Any components are missing or damaged. Report to the next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

10

Before

11

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Chin Cup and Beard


PROCEDURE Visually inspect chin cup and beard for tears, holes, and signs of deterioration or other damage.

Nosecup

Chin cup or beard is torn, has holes or other damage and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Internal Drink Tube Alignment Arrow

Front

Rear

Nosecup Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity Gently pull back chin cup and Nosecup is torn, has visually inspect nosecup for holes or other damage tears, holes, signs of and/or shows signs of deterioration or other damage. deterioration. Report to Ensure internal drink tube next higher level of alignment arrow is visible. maintenance.

0024 00-10

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

12

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Inlet/Outlet Disk Valves, Left and Right


PROCEDURE Internal Drink Tube

Communications Port

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount

Air Deflector Alignment Posts Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve

Chincup

Air Deflector Chincup Moisture Outlet

Beard


a. Gently pull back nosecup and pull air deflector away from filter mount clamp ring, left or right to expose inlet/outlet disk valve. Inspect the air deflectors for damage or deterioration. Remove inlet/outlet disk valve (WP 0030 00) and visually inspect for damage and/or deterioration. b. Inspect valve seat and valve mounting post for damage.

c. Reinstall inlet/outlet disk valves and air deflectors. Ensure air deflectors mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right.

0024 00-11

Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Inlet/outlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Air deflectors will not mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

13

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Internal Drink Tube



Communications Port

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount


Chincup


Internal Drink Tube

Beard


a. Visually inspect internal drink tube for damage, and signs of deterioration.

b. Ensure internal drink tube moves from stowed position to drink position by rotating the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward. 14

Before


Outsert Pouch

Internal drink tube is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Drink tube does not move. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Clear Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab


a. Inspect outsert lens for cracks, chips, or discoloration that affects vision. Inspect outsert locking tabs for breaks or cracks.

b. Inspect Outsert Pouch for tears, rips or other damage.

0024 00-12

Outsert is broken, distorted, or discolored enough to impair vision. Outsert locking tabs are broke or cracked. Report to next higher level of maintenance. The Outsert Pouch is torn, ripped, or otherwise unserviceable. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

15

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Water Canteen Cap


PROCEDURE Retaining Strap

Internal Canteen Seal

Drink Coupler “O” Ring

Water Canteen Cap

a. Inspect water canteen cap for dirt, damage and tight connection with drink coupler.

b. Inspect water canteen cap for missing, damaged, or deteriorating drink coupler “O” ring and internal canteen seal.

c. Inspect water canteen cap retaining strap for damage and deterioration.

d. Ensure canteen cap fits on canteen.

16

Before

Mask Function

a. Don the M50 (WP 0005 0013) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask with M61 filters. Check the mask for leaks. b. Check to see that you are able to drink while wearing the mask (WP 0005 00-1, -3, -4). c. Check to see that you can see through the eyelens and outsert.

d. Check for excessive breathing resistance.

0024 00-13

Water canteen cap is damaged or does not make tight connection with drink coupler. Report to next higher level of maintenance. “O” ring or canteen seal are missing, damaged, or show signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Water canteen cap retaining strap is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Canteen cap will not fit on canteen. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mask fails to seal. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to drink while wearing the mask. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to see through the eyelens or outsert. Report to next higher level of maintenance. There is excessive breathing resistance. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

17

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Waterproofing Bag

PROCEDURE


Resealable Bag

Waterproofing Bag

a. Inspect waterproofing bag for cracks, tears, holes, and/or brittleness.

b. Check that three rubber bands are in bag and are not sticky, broken, or brittle.

18

Before

Waterproofing bag is torn, has holes, or is brittle. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Rubber bands are missing or are sticky, broken, or brittle. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Operator Cards

a. Ensure operator cards are present.

b. Inspect operator cards for faded or discolored text and graphics making them difficult to read.

c. Inspect operator cards binding for damage preventing cards from being turned or bound together.

0024 00-14

Operator cards are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Operator cards are faded, discolored, or otherwise difficult to read. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Binding is damaged preventing cards from being turned or bound together. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE

M51 Specific Items 19

Before

Hose Assembly


Hose

Vehicle Connector

Hose Assembly

a. Inspect hose assembly for splits, cracks, or breaks.

b. Check hose connectors for damage or dirt. Rotate hose filter connector to make sure it will swivel freely.

c. Check to see that you are able to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Check hose attachment and clothing clip. 20

Before

Microphone and Microphone Adapter

Hose is split, cracked or broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Hose connectors are damaged or dirty. Filter hose connector will not swivel freely. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Microphone Adapter


a. Remove microphone and microphone adapter from mask (WP 0012 00). b. Inspect microphone and adapter for damage or corrosion to two and three pin connectors and connector receptacles. Check for missing or damaged retaining screws. c. Visually inspect microphone adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

0024 00-15

Microphone or microphone adapter are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE d. Ensure that microphone and microphone adapter can be securely installed in the communications port inside the mask (WP 0012 00). e. Check microphone and microphone adapter for proper operation by connecting to the helmet and activating vehicle communications system (WP 0012 00).

21

Before

Communications Lead

Communications Lead

Check lead for breaks, cuts, corrosion, abrasions, and damage to connectors.

22

Before

Microphone and adapter cannot be securely installed in communications port. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to communicate through the microphone and adapter. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Lead and/or connector are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Protective Hood

Protective Hood a. Inspect protective hood for Protective hood has cuts, holes, or tears using an cuts, holes, or tears. adequate light source. Report to next higher level of maintenance. b. Check pivoting buckle and filter Elasticized straps are mount elasticized straps for broken, frayed or breaks fraying, tears or rips otherwise damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. c. Check hood for proper size Incorrect size, Report to next higher level of maintenance.

0024 00-16

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

23

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Mask carrier extension strap

PROCEDURE


Mask Carrier Extension Strap Visually inspect mask carrier Mask carrier extension extension strap for fraying, tears or strap is severely frayed, rips and damaged or missing torn, or ripped or hardware. attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Before 24

Before

Common AAL Items Vision Correction Assembly (if issued)



a. Visually inspect vision correction support frame and vision correction Spec frame assembly for damage. Ensure cam lock is present. Check vision correction lenses for scratches/damage.

b. Inspect facepiece assembly to ensure mounting frame support stand-off is present

0024 00-17

Cam Lock

Vision correction support frame and/or vision correction spec frame assembly are damaged preventing their use. Cam lock is missing. Vision correction lenses are scratched or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance Vision correction support frame stand-off is missing or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

25

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Audio frequency amplifier and Audio frequency amplifier adapter (if issued)

PROCEDURE


a. Visually inspect the audio frequency amplifier for damage or corrosion to top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw and two-pin connector to communications port receptacle.

b. Visually inspect two and threepin connectors on audio frequency amplifier adapter for damage or corrosion.

c. Visually inspect amplifier adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

26

Before

ATC Microphone, (5 Ohm) (if issued)



Top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw or two-pin connector to communications port receptacle are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Two or three –pin connector on audio frequency amplifier adapter is bent, broken, or shows signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Retaining Screws

ATC 5 Ohm Microphone, M101 Visually inspect two-pin connector Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone for receptacle on damage, corrosion and missing microphone is retaining screws. damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

0024 00-18

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

27

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED ATC Microphone, (150 Ohm) (if issued)

PROCEDURE


Retaining Screws


Visually inspect two-pin connector receptacles on microphones for damage, corrosion and missing retaining screws.

28

Before

Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone is damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Special cable assembly, (if issued)


Visually inspect cable assembly connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion. 29

Before

Cable assembly is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.



Visually inspect cable assembly connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion.

0024 00-19


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

30

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Microphone Cable


PROCEDURE


Visually inspect microphone cable connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion. 31

Before

Microphone cable is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Adapter Gasket

Microphone adapter (if issued)

Microphone Adapter

a. Visually inspect two and three pin connectors on microphone adapter for damage or corrosion.

b. Visually inspect microphone adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

32

Before

Laser Outsert Assembly (if issued)

Outsert Pouch

Two or three pin connector on microphone adapter is bent, broken, or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Laser Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab



0024 00-20

Outsert is broken, distorted, or discolored enough to impair vision. Outsert locking tabs are broke or cracked. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE b. Inspect Outsert Pouch for tears, rips or other damage.

33

Before

Sunlight Outsert Assembly (if issued)

Outsert Pouch

The Outsert Pouch is torn, ripped, or otherwise unserviceable. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Sunlight Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab




34

Before


Mask carrier extension strap Mask Carrier Extension Strap Visually inspect strap for fraying, Extension strap is tears or rips and damaged or severely frayed, torn, or missing hardware. ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

0024 00-21

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

35

Before

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Decontaminati on Kit M291 or Reactive Skin Decontaminati on Lotion (RSDL)

PROCEDURE


Visually inspect to ensure these items are present and mission capable as required by individual service directive. NOTE: Only the NAAK or the ATNNA and the Decontamination Kit, M291 or the RSDL need to be present.

All items are not present as required by individual service equipment directive.

If wearing the mask for an extended period of time, check the mask seal every 4 hours using negative pressure test (WP 000515) to ensure seal has not been broken.

Seal has been broken.

Decontaminati on Kit M295 Paper, Chemical Agent M8 Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) or Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNNA) Diazepam Injection

1

During

Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set (NAPP). Mask Seal

0024 00-22

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL After


PROCEDURE

WARNING If you have not used your mask for 30 days or more, perform all PMCS prior to using your mask.



CAUTION Mask must be clean prior to conducting PMCS and cleaned after operations. Sanitizing will be conducted prior to re-issue to another warfighter or prior to turnin as excess.

NOTE If components identified in PMCS are not present, notify next higher level of maintenance.

0024 00-23


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


1

INTERVAL

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED M50/M51 Common Items Mask Carrier

PROCEDURE

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Mask Carrier Protection Sleeve


Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps



Front

a. Visually inspect carrier for fraying, tears or rips and damage to hook and pile fasteners.

b. Visually inspect carrier waist strap, leg strap, and MOLLE attachment panel for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm mask assembly. Check seams for broken stitches.

0024 00-24

Waist Strap

Back

Severely frayed, torn, or ripped or there is damage to the hook and pile fasteners. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Waist strap, leg strap or MOLLE attachment panel are severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

2

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Individual Equipment Carrier Bag


PROCEDURE

Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket

Outside View


Stowage Pocket



a. Visually inspect bag for fraying, tears or rips. Inspect slide fastener and snaps for damage.

b. Visually inspect AAL item holddown straps in interior of bag for fraying, tears or rips. Ensure holddown straps are secured to bag. c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm AAL items. Check seams for broken stitches.

0024 00-25

Severely frayed, torn, or ripped. Slide fastener or snaps damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Severely frayed, torn, or ripped or not secured to bag. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

3

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Facepiece Assembly


PROCEDURE



Drink Coupler


Cheek Strap






c. Visually inspect eyelens for cracks, cuts, scratches, or stains that affect vision.

d. Pull head harness brow strap slots, head harness buckles and facepiece beard and visually inspect for rubber deterioration. e. Visually inspect bonding around the eyelens.

f. Visually inspect head harness pivoting and ladder lock buckles for damage.

0024 00-26

There are tears or holes in the facepiece. Facepiece has soft or sticky spots that allow air to enter mask assembly or stiff areas that crumble when rubbed between fingers and cracks that expand when rubber is stretched. Report to next higher level of maintenance. The eyelens is cracked or is scratched so as to impair vision. Report to next higher level of maintenance. There are signs of rubber deterioration Report to next higher level of maintenance. Bonding around eyelens is not secure or appears to be coming loose. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Buckles are broken or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE g. Visually inspect facepiece interior and ensure vision correction stand-off is present.

4

After

Vision correction standoff missing or damaged

Head Harness


Temple Strap

Cheek Strap

Head Harness

a. Visually inspect skullcap and stitching, head harness straps and brow strap covers.



After


Skullcap is cut, ripped, or torn; stitching is loose or coming apart; brow strap covers are damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Head harness will not hold mask assembly firmly against face. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Buckles will not hold straps. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Baffle Assembly


Front

Rear


a. Remove outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00) and visually inspect for breaks or other damage.

0024 00-27

Cover is broken, cracked or otherwise damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE b. Inspect communications port cover for damage and ensure front cover baffle is in place and secure.

6

After

Front Module


Outlet valve Cover baffle is damaged, loose, or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Drink Tube Lever


Communications Port





d. Reinstall outlet valve and outlet valve cover assembly. e. Turn drink tube lever upward to open drink system shut-off valve. Check drinking system by blowing into internal drink tube. Some resistance should be felt.

0024 00-28

Front module main body is loose; communications port, drink tube lever, external drink tube and drink coupler are damaged or missing and/or drink coupler receptacle is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Outlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

There is no resistance when blowing into the internal drink tube. Drink tube lever is hard to rotate or will not rotate. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

7

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Filter Mounts Left and Right


PROCEDURE

Air Deflector






Outside

Inside


a. Remove M61 filters from filter mounts (WP 0032 00) and visually inspect filter mounts for tight fit and damage. b. Visually inspect Serial Number and Lot on filter mount to ensure they are readable. c. Visually inspect Bar Code on filter mount for damage. d. Remove self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and visually inspect for damage or deterioration.

e. Inspect valve seat and valve mounting post for damage. Remove air deflectors and inlet valves from filter mounts inside the mask and visually inspect for damage or deterioration. Inspect inlet valve seat and mounting post for damage. f. Reinstall inlet valves and air deflectors on filter mounts inside the mask. g. Reinstall self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and inspect for proper operation by pressing down firmly on center of valve. Valve disk should pop open and then close when pressure is removed. h. Install M61 filters and check selfsealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0032 00).

0024 00-29

Filter mounts left or right are loose or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Not readable. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Bar Code damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Self-sealing disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seats are damaged and/or valve mounting posts are broken. Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Self-sealing disk valve does not operate properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

8

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED M61 filters


PROCEDURE

Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal



Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)


M61 Filter


b. Check that M61 filter seal is present.

c. Visually inspect M61 filters for cracks, dents, or holes. Inspect air passages to ensure filter is not clogged with dirt. Inspect locking tabs on both sides of the filter.




g. Shake M61 filters and listen for signs of loose absorbent particles.

0024 00-30

Filter Lot number has expired or is not readable. Barcode is missing or damaged Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter seal is missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter is cracked, dented, or damaged on a seam and/or filter air passages are clogged with dirt. Locking tabs are missing or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Alignment markings are worn or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter mounting lugs are broken or otherwise damaged or filter mount assembly surface is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filter self-sealing valve actuator is damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Loose particles rattle or dust falls out when filter canister is shaken. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE h. Inspect filter time patch assembly housing and blotter paper alignment within in the window piece. Inspect the time patch blotting paper for blacl and/or blue specs


j. Install M61 filters and check selfsealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0032 00). 9

After

Mask Interior

Time patch assembly color is dark blue. Housing is missing or damaged. Blotting paper is misaligned within the window piece. Black and/or blue specs can be seen when holding the filter at arms length. Report to next higher level of maintenance. M61 filters do not properly attach to filter mount assemblies. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Vision Correction Support Frame Stand-off

Communications Port

Internal Drink Tube



Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount

Chincup Beard

Air Deflector Air Deflectors Inside Mask View Nosecup and Head Harness Not Shown For Clarity

Check to see that the following components are present: Internal drink tube. Nosecup. Inlet disk valves, left and right. Vision correction support Frame Stand-off

0024 00-31

Chincup Moisture Outlet

Any components are missing or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

10

After

11

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Chin Cup and Beard


PROCEDURE Visually inspect chin cup and beard for tears, holes, and signs of deterioration or other damage.

Nosecup

Chin cup or beard is torn, has holes or other damage and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.


Rear

Front

Nosecup Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity Gently pull back chin cup and Nosecup is torn, has visually inspect nosecup for tears, holes or other damage holes, signs of deterioration or and/or shows signs of other damage. deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

12

After

Inlet Valve Disks, Left and Right

Internal Drink Tube Left Filter Mount

Communications Port

Right Filter Mount


Chincup


Beard


0024 00-32

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE a. Gently pull back chin cup and pull air deflector away from filter mount clamp ring, left or right to expose inlet disk valve. Inspect the air deflectors for damage or deterioration. Remove inlet disk valve (WP 0030 00) and visually inspect for damage and/or deterioration. b. Inspect valve seat and valve mounting post for damage.

c. Reinstall inlet valves and air deflectors. Ensure air deflectors mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right.

13

After

Internal Drink Tube

Internal Drink Tube Left Filter Mount

Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Inlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Air deflectors will not mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Communications Port

Right Filter Mount


Chincup


Internal Drink Tube

Beard



b. Ensure internal drink tube moves from stowed position to drink position by rotating the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward.

0024 00-33

Internal drink tube is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Drink tube does not move. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

14

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Clear Outsert Assembly


PROCEDURE Outsert Pouch

Clear Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab



b. Inspect Outsert Pouch for tears, rips, or other damage.

15

After

Water Canteen Cap


Retaining Strap



Water Canteen Cap

a. Inspect water canteen cap for dirt, damage and tight connection with drink coupler.

b. Inspect water canteen cap for missing, damaged, or deteriorating drink coupler “O” ring and internal canteen seal.

0024 00-34

Water canteen cap is damaged or does not make tight connection with drink coupler. Report to next higher level of maintenance. “O” ring or canteen seal are missing, damaged, or show signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL


PROCEDURE c. Inspect water canteen cap retaining strap for damage and deterioration.

d. Ensure canteen cap fits on canteen.

16

After

Mask Function

a. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask with M61 filters. Check the M50/M51 mask for leaks. b. Check to see that you are able to drink while wearing the mask (WP 0005 00-1, -3, -4). c. Check to see that you can see through the eyelens and outsert.


17

After

Waterproofing Bag

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Water canteen cap retaining strap is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Canteen cap will not fit on canteen. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Mask fails to seal. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Unable to drink while wearing the mask. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to see through the eyelens or outsert. Report to next higher level of maintenance. There is excessive breathing resistance. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Resealable Bag

Waterproofing Bag

a. Inspect waterproofing bag for cracks, tears, holes, and/or brittleness.

b. Check that three rubber bands are in bag and are not sticky, broken, or brittle.

0024 00-35

Waterproofing bag is torn, has holes, or is brittle. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Rubber bands are missing or are sticky, broken, or brittle. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

18

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Operator Cards


PROCEDURE


Operator cards are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Operator cards are faded, discolored, or otherwise difficult to read. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Binding is damaged preventing cards from being turned or bound together. Report to next higher level of maintenance.



M51 specific Items 19

After

Hose Assembly


Hose

Vehicle Connector

Hose Assembly

a. Inspect hose assembly for splits, cracks, or breaks.

b. Check hose connectors for damage or dirt. Rotate hose filter connector to make sure it will swivel freely.

c. Check to see that you are able to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Check hose attachment and clothing clip.

0024 00-36

Hose is split, cracked or broken. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Hose connectors are damaged or dirty. Filter hose connector will not swivel freely. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

20

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Microphone and Microphone Adapter


PROCEDURE

Microphone Adapter


a. Remove microphone and microphone adapter from mask assembly (WP 0012 00). b. Inspect microphone and microphone adapter for damage or corrosion to two and three pin connectors and connector receptacles. Check for missing or damaged retaining screws. c. Visually inspect microphone adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

d. Ensure that microphone and microphone adapter can be securely installed in the communications port inside the mask (WP 0012 00). e. Check microphone and microphone adapter for proper operation by connecting to the helmet and activating vehicle communications system (WP 0012 00). 21

After

Communications Lead

Microphone or microphone adapter are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Microphone and adapter cannot be securely installed in communications port. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Unable to communicate through the microphone and adapter. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Communications Lead

Check communications lead for breaks, cuts, corrosion, abrasions, and damage to connectors.

0024 00-37

Communications lead and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

22

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Protective Hood


PROCEDURE

Protective Hood

a. Inspect protective hood for cuts, holes, or tears using an adequate light source. b. Check pivoting buckle and filter mount elasticized straps for breaks fraying, tears or rips

c. Check hood for proper size

23

After

Protective hood has cuts, holes, or tears. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Elasticized straps are broken, frayed or otherwise damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Incorrect size, Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Mask carrier extension strap Mask Carrier Extension Strap

Visually inspect extension strap for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

0024 00-38

Extension strap is severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL After

24 After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Common AAL Items Vision Correction Assembly (if issued)


PROCEDURE



Cam Lock

Visually inspect vision correction support frame and vision correction Spec frame assembly for damage. Ensure cam lock is present. Check vision correction lenses for scratches/damage.

25

After

Audio frequency amplifier, and Audio frequency amplifier adapter (if issued)


a. Visually inspect the audio frequency amplifier for damage or corrosion to top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw and two-pin connector to communications port receptacle.

b. Visually inspect two-pin connector on amplifier adapter for damage or corrosion.

0024 00-39

Vision correction support frame and/or vision correction spec frame assembly are damaged preventing their use. Cam lock is missing. Vision correction lenses are scratched or damaged. Report to next higher level of maintenance.


Top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw or two-pin connector to communications port receptacle are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Two-pin connector on amplifier adapter is bent, broken, or shows signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL


PROCEDURE c. Visually inspect amplifier adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

26

After


NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Retaining Screws

ATC 5 Ohm Microphone, M101 Visually inspect two-pin connector Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone for receptacle on damage, corrosion and missing microphone is retaing screws. damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

27

After


Retaining Screws



28

After

Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone is damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance.



Visually inspect cable assembly connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion.

0024 00-40


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

29

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Special cable assembly, (if issued)


PROCEDURE



After


Microphone Cable


Visually inspect microphone cable connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion. 31

After

Microphone cable is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

Adapter Gasket

Microphone adapter (if issued)

Microphone Adapter

. Visually inspect two and three pin connectors on microphone adapter for damage or corrosion.


0024 00-41

Two or three pin connector on microphone adapter is bent, broken, or show signs of corrosion. Report to next higher level of maintenance. Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Report to next higher level of maintenance.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

32

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Laser Outsert Assembly (if issued)


PROCEDURE Outsert Pouch

Laser Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab




33

After


Outsert Pouch


Sunlight Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab




0024 00-42


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0024 00


INTERVAL

34

After

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Mask carrier extension strap

PROCEDURE



Visually inspect strap for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

35

After

Decontaminati on Kit M291 or Reactive Skin Decontaminati on Lotion (RSDL)

Visually inspect to ensure these items are present and mission capable as required by individual service directive. NOTE: Only the NAAK or the ATNNA and the Decontamination Kit, M291 or the RSDL need to be present.

Decontaminati on Kit M295 Paper, Chemical Agent M8 Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) or Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNNA) Diazepam Injection Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set (NAPP). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024 00-43/44 blank

Extension strap is severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Report to next higher level of maintenance. All items are not present as required by individual service equipment directive.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0025 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 OUTLET VALVE COVER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Outlet Valve Cover Assembly (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the outlet valve cover assembly. Baffle Assembly


Rear

Front


0025 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0025 00

OUTLET VALVE COVER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

NOTE The outlet valve cover assembly is removed only for cleaning purposes or for access to the outlet disk valve. It must be in position at all other times. 1. Removal a. Remove the drink coupler from its receptacle below the front module assembly. b. Unwrap the external drink tube from around the front module main body. c.

Turn the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward to approximately mid-position to clear the outlet valve cover assembly.

d. Place thumb at bottom of cover below the communications port cover and between the cover and the front module main body. e. Gently lift the outlet valve cover assembly away from the front module main body. f.

Turn the drink tube lever on the front module main body downward to close the drink tube shut-off valve.

2. Installation a. Turn the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward to approximately mid-position to clear the outlet valve cover assembly. b. Locate the outlet valve cover assembly on the front module main body. c.

Align the bottom of the cover over the communications port on the front module main body.

d. Gently install the cover over the front module main body ensuring to clear the drink tube lever and firmly press the front module cover onto the front module main body. e. Ensure the cover is fully engaged around the entire circumference of the front module main body. f.

Close the communications port cover on the cover and wrap the external drink tube around the front module main body.

g. Insert the drink coupler into its receptacle below the front module assembly. h. Turn the drink tube lever downward to the closed position. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0026 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 DRINK COUPLER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Drink Coupler (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the Drink Coupler.

Drink Coupler

0026 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0026 00

DRINK COUPLER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Drink Coupler

1. Removal a. Place mask on a flat surface with the eyelens facing up. Steady the mask with one hand and with the other gently pull the drink coupler out of its receptacle below the front module main body. b. Unwrap the external drink tube and drink coupler from around the front module. c.

With one hand grasp the external drink tube and with the other firmly grasp the drink coupler and gently pull it off of the external drink tube.

2. Installation a. Place mask on a flat surface with the eyelens facing up. With one hand grasp the external drink tube and with the other firmly grasp the drink coupler and push it on to the external drink tube. b. Wrap the external drink tube and drink coupler around the front module. c.

Gently push the drink coupler in to its receptacle below the front module.

d. Ensure drink coupler is properly oriented to fit naturally into receptacle. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0027 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 HEAD HARNESS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Head Harness (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the head harness. HEAD HARNESS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Skull Cap Brow Strap

Temple Strap

Cheek Strap

Head Harness

0027 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0027 00

HEAD HARNESS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued 1. Removal a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. Brow Strap

Head Harness Brow Strap Cover Brow Strap Slot Pivoting Buckle Clamp Plate

Ladder Lock Buckle

NOTE When removing the brow straps, note the position of the straps in the brow strap covers. When installing the head harness, place the brow straps in the same general location as when removed. b. Open the two head harness brow strap covers at the top of the head harness skullcap and pull the brow straps through the brow strap slots. c.

Lift the clamp plates of the pivoting buckles to allow free travel of the temple harness straps. Pull the temple straps through and out of the buckles.

d. Pull the cheek straps through and out of the ladder lock buckles. 2. Installation

WARNING If installing a new head harness the facepiece assembly must be refitted. If removed for cleaning, reinstall the head harness the same as it was prior to removal. a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. b. With the head harness brow strap covers facing up, slide the brow straps through the brow strap slots at the top of the mask. Fold straps back over the slots and fasten to head harness brow strap covers at the top of the head harness skullcap. Brow straps should be in same general location as when removed.

0027 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0027 00

HEAD HARNESS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued Cheek Strap

Ladder Lock Buckle Temple Strap

Pivoting Buckle Clamp Plate Pivoting Buckle

c.

Lift the clamp plates of the pivoting buckles. Thread the temple straps through the pivoting buckles. (1) Push the folded end of the temple strap through the buckle, from the underside, between the clamp plate and clamp bar. (2) Loop the temple strap over and push the folded end down through the slot between the clamp bar and clamp plate. (3) Leave the clamp plate open to permit fitting of the mask to the warfighter. (4) Repeat these procedures for the other temple strap.

d. Thread the cheek straps through the ladder lock buckles. (1) Push the folded end of the harness cheek strap through the wider, rear slot from the underside of the buckle. (2) Loop the harness cheek strap over the crossbar and push the end into the narrow, front slot (push one corner of the harness strap through the slot first). (3) Continue pushing the end of the harness cheek strap through the buckle until a short length is exposed. (4) Grab the exposed portion and pull the rest of the folded end through the slot. (5) Ensure that the harness cheek strap is fully slackened to allow a proper fitting to the warfighter. (6) Repeat these procedures for the other cheek strap. (7) When attached, adjust the brow straps and temple straps. Close the pivoting buckle clamp plate (WP 0037 00). (8) Don mask and perform negative pressure test (WP 0005-13) to ensure a good seal. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0028 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 AIR DEFLECTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Air Deflectors (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the air deflectors. Air Deflector

Self Sealing Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Self Sealing Disc Valve Filter Mount




Air Deflector Alignment Posts Filter Mount Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Self Sealing Disc Valve

Outside

Inside


0028 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0028 00

AIR DEFLECTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal a.

Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. Reach in the mask and move the nosecup to one side exposing the air deflector on the filter mount clamp ring.

CAUTION DO NOT scratch the eyelens during this procedure.

Left Filter Mount Clamp Ring


Nosecup

Air Deflector Inlet Valve Disk

b. Gently pull the air deflector off the filter mount clamp ring exposing the inlet disk valve. c.

Repeat the procedure for the second air deflector.

2. Installation a.

Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. Reach in the mask and move the nosecup to one side exposing the filter mount clamp ring and inlet valve.

CAUTION If air deflector is not properly fitted over filter mount clamp ring, incoming air may not be distributed properly, causing lens fogging. b. Position the air deflector over filter mount clamp ring ensuring air deflector is aligned over the air deflector alignment posts and press the air deflector to securely attach it to the filter mount clamp ring. c.

Repeat the procedure for the second air deflector.

d. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20). e. Conduct negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) to check mask for proper function. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0029 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 OUTLET DISK VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the Inlet/outlet disk valve.


NOTE Outlet and inlet disk valves are black. They are identical and interchangeable.

0029 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0029 00

OUTLET DISK VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal


External Drink Tube Front Module Main Body Drink Coupler


External Drink Tube


Drink Coupler Front Module Main Body

Communications Port



Drink Tube Lever Drink Coupler Receptacle

a. Remove the drink coupler from its receptacle and unwrap the external drink tube from the front module main body. Remove the outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00). b. Support the mask in one hand. Reach into the front module, pinch center of the inlet/outlet disk valve between the thumb and middle finger, and gently pull disk valve away from the disk valve mounting post.

CAUTION Hold the disk valve in the center, not at the edges. 2. Installation a. Remove the drink coupler from its housing and unwrap the external drinking tube from the front module assembly. Remove the outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00). b. Visually inspect the disk valve seat and disk valve mounting post to ensure they are clean and not damaged. c.

Align the outlet disk valve socket over the valve mounting post and; gently press the center of the disk valve until fully seated on the disk valve mounting post.

d. Replace the outlet valve cover assembly, (WP 0025 00) and wrap the external drink tube around the cover. Reposition the drink coupler into its housing. e. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask. f.

Conduct negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) to check mask for proper function.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0030 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 INLET DISK VALVE, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the inlet disk valve.


NOTE Outlet and inlet disk valves are black. They are identical and interchangeable.

0030 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0030 00

DISK VALVE, INLET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. Reach in the mask and remove the air deflectors from the filter mount clamp rings (WP 0028 00) exposing the inlet valves.

CAUTION DO NOT scratch the eyelens during this procedure. Disk Valve Inlet/Outlet (2) Air Deflector Alignment Posts

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount

Air Deflectors

Inside Mask View Nosecup and Head Harness Not Shown For Clarity Inlet/Outlet Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post Left Filter Mount Clamp Ring


Nosecup

Air Deflector Air Deflector Alignment Posts

b. Pinch the center of the inlet disk valve between the thumb and middle finger and gently pull the disk valve away from the valve mounting post. c.

Repeat the procedure for the second inlet disk valve.

0030 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0030 00

DISK VALVE, INLET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued 2. Installation a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down. Reach in the mask and remove the air deflectors from the filter mount clamp rings (WP 0028 00) exposing the inlet valve seat and mounting post. b. Check the disk valve seat and disk mounting post to ensure they are clean and not damaged. c.

Align the inlet disk valve socket over the valve mounting post and gently press the center of the disk valve until fully seated on the disk valve mounting post.

CAUTION If air deflector is not properly fitted over filter mount clamp ring, incoming air may not be distributed properly, causing lens fogging. d. Reposition the air deflectors over filter mount clamp ring ensuring air deflector is aligned over alignment posts and is securely seated. e. Repeat the procedure for the second inlet disk valve. f.

Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20).

g. Conduct negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) to check mask for proper function. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0031 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SELF-SEALING DISK VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Self-Sealing Disk Valve (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the self-sealing disk valve.

Self-Sealing Disk Valve

WARNING Do not remove both M61 filters from facepiece assembly when checking for proper function of self-sealing disk valves. If properly functioning, you will not be able to breathe.

NOTE The Self-Sealing disk valves are clear.

0031 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0031 00

SELF-SEALING DISK VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal Self-Sealing Disk Valve

Self-Sealing Disk Valve Seat and Mounting Post

Self-Sealing Disc Valve

M61 Filter

Filter Mount

Filter Mount

Outside

CAUTION DO NOT scratch the eyelens or tear disk valves during this procedure. a. Place the mask on a flat surface and remove the M61 filter (WP 0032 00) to expose the selfsealing disk valve in the filter mount. b. Pinch the center of the self-sealing disk valve between the thumb and middle finger and gently pull self-sealing disk valve away from the disk valve mounting post. c.

Repeat procedure for second self-sealing disk valve.

2. Installation a. Place the mask on a flat surface. b. Check the valve seat and valve mounting post to ensure they are clean and not damaged. c.

Position self-sealing disk valve over disk valve mounting post. Align self-sealing disk valve socket over disk valve mounting post and gently press the center of the disk valve until seated on the valve mounting post.

d. Repeat procedure for second self-sealing disk valve. e. Replace the M61 filters (WP 0032 00). f.

Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20).

3. Check Self-sealing disk valve for proper function. a. While wearing the mask, remove either the left or right M61 filter (WP0032 00). b. Place your hand over the filter air inlet passages of the filter remaining on the facepiece. c.

Breathe in, the mask should collapse against your face and remain so while you hold your breath. If it does, mask assembly is airtight and the self-sealing disk valve is functioning properly. If the mask assembly does not collapse, notify the next higher maintenance level.

d. Repeat steps 3a, 3b, and 3c using the other filter. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0032 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 M61 FILTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts M61 filters (Canister, Chemical-Biological Mask: M61) (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the M61 filters.

Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal



Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)


M61 Filter

0032 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0032 00

M61 FILTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued

WARNING Filters do not decontaminate or neutralize contamination: they merely collect and contain it. Therefore, contaminated filters are hazardous. Replacing and disposing of these filters require care to prevent a hazard to personnel or spread of contamination. Contaminated filter disposal will be conducted in accordance with service directed procedures during peacetime and wartime situations.

WARNING Do not remove filters in a contaminated environment to fire a weapon. 1. Removal a. Support the mask with the mask facing you. Filter Mount Indents

M61 Filter Time Patch Assembly

Mounting Lugs Mask Filter Alignment Marks


Filter Mount M61 Filter Seal

b. Grip the filter side tabs on the M61 filter and squeeze inward. c.

While squeezing the filter side tabs, twist the filter so the single alignment mark on the filter aligns with the double alignment marking on the facepiece assembly, unlocking it from the filter mount, and lift the filter from the filter mount.

d. Repeat this procedure for the other filter. 2. Installation

WARNING Check time patch assembly on back of filters. DO NOT install if time patch assembly color is dark blue.

NOTE Ensure filter seal is attached to the filter. a. Support the mask with the mask facing you. b. Pick up the filter with the filter side tabs toward the bottom.

0032 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0032 00

M61 FILTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued c.

Align the single filter alignment mark on the filter with the double alignment marking on the mask ensuring the filter is directly over the self-sealing disk valve on the filter mount and gently press until the filter is snug against the mask and you feel the mounting lugs align with the filter mount indents.

d. While pressing the filter to the filter mount, twist the filter until the single filter alignment mark on the filter is aligned with the single alignment mark on the mask and the mounting lugs click, locking the filter in place. e. Use this procedure for both filters. f.

Don the mask and conduct negative pressure test (WP 005-15) to check mask for proper function.

3. Removal and Installation while wearing the mask in an uncontaminated area.

WARNING M61 filters must be changed out one at a time. The warfighter will be unable to breathe if both filters are removed from his/ her mask. Lack of oxygen for more than 30 seconds could lead to injury or death.

WARNING The warfighter must hold his/ her mask to his/ her face during filter removal and installation to keep from breaking his/ her mask face seal. Breaking the mask face seal can allow contaminated air to enter the mask, resulting in injury or death.

WARNING DO NOT remove M61 filters in a contaminated environment. The “Buddy System” (WP 0006 00) is the only exception to this rule. This procedure should only be accomplished if the warfighter cannot relocate to a clean environment due to mission or immediate filter malfunction a. With one hand hold the mask firmly against the face to prevent breaking the face seal. b. With the other hand, grip the filter side tabs on a M61 filter and squeeze inward. c.

While squeezing the filter tabs, twist the filter unlocking it from the filter mount and lift the filter from the filter mount. Discard the used filter in accordance with command direction.

d. Align the filter housing of the new filter directly over the self-sealing disk valve on the filter mount and gently press until the filter is snug against your mask and you feel the mounting lugs align with the filter mount indents. e. While pressing the filter to the filter mount, twist the filter until the mounting lugs click, locking the filter in place. f.

Conduct negative pressure test (WP 005-15) after changing each filter

g. Use these procedures for both filters. END OF WORK PACKAGE 0032 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0033 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 VISION CORRECTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL, INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTMENT

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Vision Correction Assembly (WP 0049 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal, installation, and adjustment of the vision correction assembly. The vision correction assembly consists of a vision correction support frame, vision correction spectacle frame assembly, and a cam lock. The support frame contains the spectacle frame adjusting column, the assembly standoff hole and the assembly locking tabs. The spectacle frame assembly contains the cam lock for attaching the spectacle frame assembly to the support frame. The spectacle frame assembly is locked to the support frame using the cam lock. Vision Correction Spectacle Frame Assembly Vision Correction Support Frame

Suppot Frame Adjusting Column

0033 00-1


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0033 00

VISION CORRECTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL, INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTMENT Support Frame Stand-off Receptacle Vision Correction Support Frame


Cam Lock


NOTE If a vision correction assembly is required, it must remain installed in the facepiece assembly except for cleaning or sanitizing. 1. Removal of the vision correction assembly from facepiece assembly. a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down and support the mask with one hand at the top of the mask. Vision Correction Support Frame

Mounting Frame Support Stand-off Mounting Frame Support Stand-off

Vision Correction Spectacle Frame Assembly

Cam Lock

Nosecup Mounting Frame Adjusting Column

Lenses

b. Reach inside the mask and move and hold the nosecup away from the vision correction assembly and push the vision correction support frame up to remove the support frame from the support frame stand-off.

0033 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0033 00

VISION CORRECTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL, INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTMENT – Continued Vision Correction Support Frame Receptacle

Brow Strap Slots Outsert Receptacle

Eyelens

Front Module Assembly Cutout Head Harness Tabs Filter Alignment Marks Drink Coupler Receptacle

Filter Mount Cutout

Faceblank Assembly

c.

Flex the mask in the temple strap area on the left or right side of the mask; gently pull the vision correction support frame-locking tabs from the vision correction support frame receptacle. Repeat the procedure on the other side of the mask and remove the vision correction assembly from the mask.

2. Installation of the vision correction assembly in the mask. a. Place the mask on a flat surface with the eyelense facing down and support the mask with one hand at the top of the mask. Mounting Frame Support Stand-off

NOTE It is important to properly seat the mounting frame support stand-off to the support frame stand-off receptacle. b. Place the vision correction assembly inside the mask and behind the nosecup. Reach inside the mask and move and hold the nosecup away from the support frame and push the vision correction assembly up to place the support frame on the mounting frame support stand-off and then push it down on the stand-off. c.

Flex the mask in the temple strap area on the left or right side of the mask; gently push the support frame-locking tabs into the vision correction support frame receptacle. Repeat the procedure on the other side of the mask to complete the installation of the vision correction assembly into the mask. 0033 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0033 00

VISION CORRECTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL, INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTMENT – Continued 3. Adjust the Spectacle Frame Assembly. a. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-11) or M51 (WP 0005 00-18) mask with the vision correction assembly installed. Your eyes should be in the center of the prescription lenses. If they are not, the spectacle frame assembly requires adjustment. Determine in which direction the adjustment should be made — up or down. Vision Correction Support Frame


Mounting Frame Adjusting Column

Mounting Frame Stand-off Receptacle

Cam Lock

Open Position

Closed Position

b. Doff the M50 (WP 0005 00-14) or M51 (WP 0005 00-21) mask. Loosen the spectacle frame assembly cam lock. Sliding the frame assembly up or down on the mounting frame adjusting column may make vertical adjustment of the spectacle frame assembly. Adjust the spectacle frame in the predetermined direction and lock in place with the cam lock. c.

Don the M50 or M51 mask (WP 0005 00-13 or WP 0005 00-20) and recheck the adjustment.

CAUTION Ensure there is no interference between the spectacle frame assembly and the mask brow area. d. Repeat steps 3.b., and 3c, until the spec frame is properly adjusted and there is no interference between the frame and the mask brow area. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0033 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

OPERATOR AND Field MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Protective Hood, Size Large (WP 0047 00) Protective Hood, Size Medium/Small (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the protective hood. Procedures are applicable to both size protective hoods.

NOTE The M51 protective hood must be attached to the mask when testing with the M41 PATS or the JSMLT.

0034 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Underarm Straps

Protective Hood

CAUTION Care must be taken not to scratch the outserts or eyelens when handling the mask. 1. Removal Brow Strap

Head Harness Brow Strap Cover Brow Strap Slot Pivoting Buckle Clamp Plate

Ladder Lock Buckle

a. Remove the mask with protective hood from mask carrier. b. Pull head harness over mask releasing hood. c.

Place mask with protective hood on flat surface with eyelens facing down.

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the brow straps in the brow strap covers before removing the brow straps in order to place the straps back into the brow strap covers in the same position. d. Open the two-brow strap hook and pile covers at the top of the mask and release the brow straps.

0034 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued

Hood Brow Strap Loops (2)

Brow Strap Covers (2)

Brow Strap Slots (2)

e. Remove the brow straps from the protective hood brow strap loops and reattach straps to the brow strap covers on the mask.

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the temple straps in the pivoting buckles before removing the temple straps in order to place the temple straps back into the pivoting buckles in the same position. f.

Open pivot buckle clamp plates and remove temple straps from pivot buckles.

CAUTION To remove pivot buckles from elasticized hood buckle loops, ensure that you expand the elasticized loops around the pivot buckles from the bottom of the elasticized loop. Hood Elasticized Pivot Buckle Loops (2)

g. Remove pivot buckles from hood elasticized pivot buckle loops. h. Reattach temple straps to pivot buckles and close pivot buckle clamp plates. i.

Lift protective hood over mask.

j.

Remove M61 filters (WP 0032 00).

k.

Remove elasticized protective hood filter loops from filter mounts.

l.

Remove mask from protective hood.

m. Replace the M61 filters (WP 0032 00). 0034 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued 2. Installation a. Remove M61 filters from mask (WP 0032 00).

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the brow straps in the brow strap covers before removing the brow straps in order to place the straps back into the brow strap covers in the same position. b. Open the two-brow strap hook and pile covers at the top of the mask and remove the brow straps from the brow strap slots.

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the temple straps in the pivoting buckles before removing the temple straps in order to place the temple straps back into the pivoting buckles in the same position. c.

Open pivot buckle clamp plates and remove temple straps from pivot buckles.

d. Place protective hood on flat surface with the mask opening facing up. e. Insert mask through bottom hood opening and place the mask so it is centered in the front protective hood opening.

Elastic Fabric Filter Loop (2)

f.

Place the protective hood elastic fabric filter loops around the filter mounts so the filter loop fabric is flat against the mask.

NOTE Ensure that the elastic filter loops do not interfere with the mounting of the filters. Elastic Fabric Filter Loop

0034 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued g. Replace the M61 filters onto the filter mounts and ensure that the elastic straps do not interfere with the filter connections. h. Reach underneath and up through the bottom hood opening and grasp the top of the mask and the protective hood together to hold mask in place. i.

Pull the protective hood overtop the front of the mask and position so that you see the inside of the mask.

CAUTION Ensure that you expand the elasticized pivot buckle loops from the bottom. If pulled from the top it could cause the mask to buckle at the top. Hood Elasticized Pivot Buckle Loops (2)

j.

Insert pivot buckles into protective hood elasticized pivot buckle loops, pulling from the bottom.

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the temple straps in the pivoting buckles before removing the temple straps in order to place the temple straps back into the pivoting buckles in the same position. k.

Reattach temple straps to pivot buckles and close pivot buckle clamp plates.

Hood Brow Strap Loops (2)

Brow Strap Covers (2)

Brow Strap Slots (2)

NOTE Carefully observe the location of the brow straps in the brow strap covers before removing the brow straps in order to place the straps back into the brow strap covers in the same position. 0034 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued l.

Place the head harness brow straps through the mask brow strap slots, then through the protective hood brow strap loops. Fold straps over and reattach to head harness brow strap covers.

m. Lift protective hood over mask and ensure that the elastic material does not interfere with the mounting of the filters.

Elastic Fabric Filter Loop

NOTE If necessary, adjust the hood material around the filters by gently pulling the hood material downward towards the Drink Coupler Receptacle Outcert Receptacle Elastic Fabric Filter Loop

Outcert Receptacle

M61 Filter

Filter Mount

n. Ensure that the hood material is positioned around the outsert receptacles and is positioned flat on the mask around the M61 filters.

WARNING Before stowing the mask, ensure that the cheek straps are not positioned below the M61 filters. Cheek straps positioned below the M61 filters may stretch the mask causing improper chin placement; may induce buckling in the mask brow region causing improper seal; or may cause the cheek straps to catch underneath the M61 filters delaying donning times resulting in injury or death.

0034 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0034 00

PROTECTIVE HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION – Continued o. Prepare the M51 for stowage in the mask carrier (WP 0005 00-25).

NOTE If buckling is observed, with one hand, grasp the facepiece below the right temple buckle and, with the other hand, grasp the hood material above the right temple buckle. Gently pull the hood material upwards, while gently pulling the facepiece in the opposite downward direction. Repeat, as needed, for the left temple buckle until the periphery is flat. p. Ensure the facepiece periphery is flat

NOTE The protective hood will be covering the mask front module assembly, M61 filters, and eyelens. Clearing the mask and conducting a negative pressure test will have to be done by touch. q. Don the mask and conduct a negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) to check the mask for proper function. Resize if necessary. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0034 00-7/8 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 6 FIELD LEVEL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service M50/M51 trained Field level maintenance technician Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (WP 0047 00) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package contains instructions and procedures for services to be performed upon receipt of a new JSGPM M50, Field or JSGPM M51, Combat Vehicle mask to include unpacking, inspecting, and stowing the mask accessories in the mask carrier. Table 1. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M50 Mask LOCATION Unpacking M50 Mask

Outer Wooden Box

ITEM

Wooden Shipping crate

ACTION NOTE Retain wooden shipping crates for future use if possible. (Item 9, WP 0051 00). Inspect wooden shipping crate for damage. Open shipping crate by cutting banding and prying open top of wooden shipping crate. Remove or bend all nails to prevent injury. Remove inner unit pack boxes.

0035 00-1

REMARKS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 1. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M50 Mask – Continued LOCATION

ITEM

Inner Fiber Board Unit Pack Box

1.Plastic Bag (containing M50 mask)

ACTION NOTE M50 and M51 masks are packaged in a plastic bag near the top of the unit pack box; use care when using sharp objects to open boxes. Retain inner fiber board unit pack box for future use if possible. Using shears (Item18, WP 0050) open unit pack box by cutting tape. Remove plastic bag containing the M50 facepiece assembly from inner fiberboard box.

2. Clear Outsert Assembly

Remove the Clear Outsert Assembly from inner fiber board box.

3. Filter Package

Remove the M61 filter package from the forward compartment of the inner fiber board box. Check and record the Filter Lot number (WP 0002 00).

4. Fiberboard divider

Remove the Z-shaped fiberboard divider from box.

0035 00-2

REMARKS

Outsert Pouch

Clear Outsert

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 1. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M50 Mask – Continued LOCATION Inner Fiber board Box – Continued

Inspection

ITEM 5. Mask carrier, individual equipment carrier bag, water canteen cap, operator cards and waterproofing bag.

ACTION Remove the individual equipment carrier bag, water canteen cap, operator cards, waterproofing bag and mask carrier, from bottom of inner fiber board box.

6. Facepiece assembly

a. Remove the facepiece assembly from the plastic bag. b. Check and record facepiece serial number which is bar coded as well as human readable and a human readable mask lot number printed on the right filter mount. c. Retain bags for future use, if possible. d. Loosen facepiece head harness straps and remove the faceform. Retain faceform for future use (storage or shipping).

NOTE Inspect the M50 mask and supporting items for damage incurred during shipment. If equipment is noted to be damaged, report the damage on SF 364, Supply Discrepancy Report.

0035 00-3

REMARKS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 1. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M50 Mask – Continued LOCATION Inspection Continued

ITEM 1. Facepiece Assembly

ACTION a. Inspect the Clear Outsert for scratches and damage (broken locking tabs or cracks in lens). b. Inspect eyelens for scratches or cracks. c. Ensure all disk valves are present and properly installed. Match actual mask size to label on inner box.

2. M61 filters

Only install filters if the mask is to be put in service immediately. a. Remove the M61 filters from the vacuumpacked package. b. Ensure that the rubber seal is present at filter connection. c. Check time patch assembly. It should be white. d. Install M61 filters (WP 0032 00). e. Record filter lot number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00). Remove waterproofing bag from self-sealing plastic pouch. Ensure that three rubber bands are present and bag is not damaged. Inspect mask carrier for damage (tears, rips, or missing or damaged straps).

3. Waterproofing Bag

4. Mask Carrier

REMARKS

Air Passages


Side Tabs

M61 Filter Seal


Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)

Air Passages Self Sealing Disk Valve Actuator

M61 Filter

Mask Carrier Protection Sleeve


Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps



Front

0035 00-4

Waist Strap

Back

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00


ITEM 5. Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier

ACTION Inspect Individual Equipment Carrier Bag for damage (tears, rips, or missing or damaged straps).

REMARKS Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket





Preparing to Stow the Mask in Mask Carrier

1. M50 Mask

Stowing the M50 Mask

M50 Mask

a. Record mask serial number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00). b. Record filter lot number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00).

1. Operator Cards

Stow the operator cards in mask carrier (WP 0005 00).

2. Water Canteen Cap

Remove the M1 canteen cap from canteen and install M50/M51 water canteen cap on canteen.


Stow the waterproofing bag in mask Carrier (WP 0005 00).

4. M50 Facepiece Assembly

Pull the head harness over the facepiece and stow the facepiece in the mask carrier, eyelens first with the facepiece pointing away from the body.

0035 00-5

x xx

Operator Cards And Waterproofing Bag Stowage Location


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 1. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M50 Mask – Continued LOCATION Stowing the M50 Mask continued

ITEM

5. Clear outsert

Unpacking M51 Mask

Outer Wooden Box

Wooden Shipping crate

Inner Fiber Board Unit Pack Box

1.Plastic Bag (containing M51 mask)

ACTION NOTE For long term storage, place faceform in facepiece and secure with head harness straps. The clear outsert is stowed attached to the mask.

NOTE Retain wooden shipping crates for future use if possible (Item 9, WP 0050 00). Inspect wooden shipping crate for damage. Open shipping crate by cutting banding and prying open top of wooden shipping crate. Remove or bend all nails to prevent injury. Remove inner unit pack boxes. NOTE M50 and M51 masks are packaged in a plastic bag near the top of the unit pack box; use care when using sharp objects to open boxes. Retain inner fiber board unit pack box for future use if possible. Using shears (Item18, WP 0050) open unit pack box by cutting tape. Remove plastic bag containing the M51 facepiece assembly from inner fiberboard box.

0035 00-6

REMARKS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 2. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M51 Mask LOCATION Inner Fiber Board Unit Pack Box Continued

ITEM 2. Clear Outsert Assembly

ACTION Remove the Clear Outsert Assembly from inner fiber board box.

3. Filter Package

Remove the M61 filter package from the forward compartment of the inner fiber board box. Check and record the Filter Lot number. Remove the unit packed protective hood, hose assembly, microphone, microphone adapter, communications lead and carrier extension strap from the side compartment of the box. Remove the Z-shaped fiberboard divider from box. Remove the individual equipment carrier bag, water canteen cap, operator cards, waterproofing bag and mask carrier, from bottom of inner fiber board box.

4. Protective hood, hose assembly, microphone microphone adapter, communications lead and carrier extension strap

5. Fiberboard divider

6. Mask carrier, individual equipment carrier bag, water canteen cap, operator cards and waterproofing bag.

0035 00-7

REMARKS Outsert Pouch

Clear Outsert

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00


Inspection

ITEM 7. Facepiece assembly

ACTION a. Remove the M51 facepiece assembly from the plastic bag. b. Check and record facepiece serial number which is bar coded as well as human readable and a human readable mask lot number printed on the right filter mount. c. Retain bags for future use, if possible. d. Loosen facepiece head harness straps and remove the faceform. Retain faceform for future use (storage or shipping). NOTE Inspect the M51 mask and supporting items for damage incurred during shipment. If equipment is noted to be damaged, report the damage on SF 364, Supply Discrepancy Report.

0035 00-8

REMARKS

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00

Table 2. Service Upon Receipt of Material – M51 Mask – Continued LOCATION Inspection continued

ITEM 1. Facepiece Assembly

2.M61 filters


4. Mask Carrier

ACTION a. Inspect the Clear Outsert for scratches and damage (broken locking tabs or cracks in lens). b. Inspect eyelens for scratches or cracks. c. Ensure all disk valves are present and properly installed. Match actual mask size to label on inner box. Only install filters if the mask is to be put in service immediately. a. Remove the M61 filters from the vacuumpacked package. b. Ensure that the rubber seal is present at filter connection. c. Check time patch assembly. It should be white. d. Install M61 filters (WP 0032 00). e. Record filter lot number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00). Remove waterproofing bag from self-sealing plastic pouch. Ensure that three rubber bands are present and bag is not damaged. Inspect mask carrier for damage (tears, rips, or missing or damaged straps).

REMARKS

Air Passages


Side Tabs

M61 Filter Seal


Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)

Air Passages Self Sealing Disk Valve Actuator

M61 Filter



Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps



Front

0035 00-9

Waist Strap

Back

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00


ITEM 5. Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier

ACTION Inspect Individual Equipment Carrier Bag for damage (tears, rips, or missing or damaged straps).

REMARKS Snap Fasteners

Stowage Pocket





Preparing to Stow the M51 Mask in Mask Carrier

M51 Mask

Stowing the JSGPM M51 Mask –

1. Operator Cards

2. Water Canteen Cap


a. Record mask serial number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00). b. Record filter lot number IAW unit SOP (WP 0002 00). Stow the operator cards in mask carrier (WP 0005 00).

Remove the M1 canteen cap from canteen and install M50/M51 water canteen cap on canteen. Stow the waterproofing bag in mask Carrier (WP 0005 00).

0035 00-10

x xx



TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0035 00


ITEM 4. M51 Hose Assembly

ACTION Stow the hose assembly in the carrier side stowage compartment before stowing the facepiece (WP 0005 00).

5. M51 Facepiece Assembly

Stow the M51 facepiece with protective hood attached and head harness pulled over the facepiece, eyelens first with the facepiece pointing away from the body. NOTE For long term storage, place faceform in facepiece and secure with head harness straps. The clear outsert is stowed attached to the mask.

6. Clear outsert

7. Microphone with Microphone Adapter and communications Lead

8. Protective Hood

9. Extension Strap

The microphone and microphone adapter are stowed installed in the M51. Stow the lead in the mask carrier. The protective hood is stowed attached to the mask. Verify correct size. The extension strap is stowed in the bottom of the main stowage area.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035 00-11/12 blank

REMARKS




Microphone Adapter

Communications Lead



TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (WP 0047 00) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (WP 0047 00) Cheesecloth (Item 8, WP 0050 00) Isopropyl Alcohol (Item 12, WP 0050 00) JSGPM Sizing Tool (WP 0047 00) Shears, Straight Trimmers (Item 17, WP 0050 00)

GENERAL A trained M50/M51 Field level CB equipment maintenance technician or other M50/M51 trained personnel should perform initial mask assembly sizing and fitting. Initial sizing is accomplished without the protective hood installed.

WARNING Before donning and adjusting the M50 or M51 masks, female warfighters will remove earrings, hair fasteners (hair clips, hair pins, and combs), hair knots, buns, or braids that will interfere with mask assembly seal and let hair hang freely. When wearing the Ground Crew Ensemble, hair will be neatly tucked inside jacket. Facial hair could result in an improper mask fit resulting in illness or death.

0036 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

GENERAL – Continued

WARNING DO NOT wear contact lenses (soft or hard) while wearing the M50/M51 masks. Inadequate oxygen supply to the corneal surface, exposure to dust, dirt, and smoke or gas may cause serious vision loss or eye damage. Personnel requiring vision correction are provided optical inserts for their protective masks. EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES UTILIZING A SIZING TOOL, IF AVAILABLE

NOTE

PLACE SIZING TOOL ON LENS, USING EYE LOCATION GUIDE CHECK MASK SIZE PHOTO 3

The mask fitter must have the M50 mask available in the three sizes for the initial sizing. Once the correct size has been determined, a new mask, M50 or M51 can be unpackaged, set up, fitted and issued.

PRESENT SIZING TOOL DIAGONALLY TO FACE PHOTO 1

READ OFF MASK SIZE PHOTO 2

SIZING TOOL 71016/8 ISSUE C

1. Conduct initial mask sizing using the sizing tool.



a. Place the sizing tool to the warfighter’s face diagonally along a line from the point of the chin to the widest point of the cheekbone. b. Read the size of the mask where the tool touches the widest point of the cheekbone. c.

If the warfighter is between two sizes on the tool, select the larger size.

d. Loosen the facepiece head harness straps and assist the warfighter to don the selected mask size, using the initial sizing masks available for this purpose. Ensure head harness straps are properly installed (WP 0005 00).

0036 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES UTILIZING A SIZING TOOL, IF AVAILABLE – Continued

WARNING Do not over tighten head harness straps. If too tight they could cause head discomfort. e. Adjust cheek, brow, and temple straps.

NOTE In cases where the nosecup obscures the warfighter’s vision by pressing up into the eyes, select the next size smaller mask.


NOTE The fitting technician’s eyes must be at the same level of the warfighter’s.

NOTE The position of the warfighter's eyes with respect to the eyelens is the most important indicator that the mask size is correct. f.

Using the eye location guide on the sizing tool, locate the bottom edge of the guide on the rubber lip at the bottom edge of the eyelens. Locate the “Top of Lens” mark with the top of the eyelens.

g. If the warfighter’s pupils are within the “Correct Size” zone on the guide, the mask is properly sized. h. Remove the initial fitting mask and issue the warfighter the selected mask size. Clean the sample mask for the next fitting using cheesecloth (Item 8, WP 0050 00) dampened with alcohol (Item 12, WP 0050 00) and allow to air dry before sizing another user. 2. Assist warfighter in donning selected size mask. a. Install M61 filter set onto mask (WP 0032 00). b. If fitting an M51, install the microphone and microphone adapter (WP 0012 00). c.

If required, install Vision Correction Assembly (WP 0033 00).

d. If fitting an M51, Verify proper hood size and install the protective hood (WP 0034 00). e. Remove brow straps from brow strap covers and loosen brow straps.

0036 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES UTILIZING A SIZING TOOL, IF AVAILABLE – Continued f.

Lift the clamp plates on the temple strap pivoting buckles unlocking the temple straps. Loosen head harness temple and cheek straps so that strap ends are completely extended.

g. Pull head harness over front of mask assembly. h. Have warfighter hold hair away from face and place chin positively in chin cup. i.

Have warfighter grasp harness tab and pull head harness over head while holding mask assembly firmly against face.

3. Adjust mask assembly. a. Have warfighter hold mask assembly tightly against chin.

b. Grasp the harness tab and pull down head harness as far as possible ensuring the head harness is centered on the crown of the head and the temple straps are approximately parallel to the ground. Have warfighter hold in place. Brow Strap

Cheeck Strap

Temple Strap

c.

Grasp the loose end of the cheek straps, one at a time, and pull until strap feels tight to the warfighter. Both straps should be approximately equal length when complete.

NOTE When the brow straps are tightened and secured in the brow strap covers, and the temple straps have been tightened note their position for future reference. d. Pull the brow straps until tight and secure in brow strap covers. Straps should be approximately equal length when complete.

0036 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES UTILIZING A SIZING TOOL, IF AVAILABLE – Continued e. Have the warfighter grasp the temple straps and pull them until the mask is comfortable but tight against the face, ensuring the temple straps are above the ears and approximately parallel to the ground. Close the pivoting buckle clamp plate securing the temple strap in place. Straps should be approximately equal length when complete. Alter length of brow straps to move temple and cheek straps up or down to position correctly above and below ears. f.

Have the warfighter release the mask assembly. Mask assembly should not slip down. If mask assembly slips, readjust the straps as necessary until mask assembly remains in place.

g. Check position of temple and cheek straps. Temple straps should not be cutting top of ears and should be approximately parallel to the ground. Cheek straps should not be cutting bottom of ears. 4. Inspect mask fit and adjustment to ensure: a. Recheck the position of the warfighter's eyes with respect to the eyelens using the eye location guide on the sizing tool (steps 1f through 1g ). b. Temple straps are located just above the ears of the warfighter and are approximately parallel to the ground. c.

Mask assembly does not press flesh so tightly that eyes are partly closed (if so, adjust straps accordingly).

d. Bottom of mask assembly does not cut into throat (if so, move mask upwards on face). e. Skin in front of ear is not wrinkled (if so, adjust straps accordingly). f.

Edges of mask are flat against the face and not rolled under (run finger inside mask seal to remove).

5. Check mask for leaks after initial fitting: a.

Have warfighter conduct negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) by placing palms of hands over both M61 filter inlet ports and breathe in. Mask assembly should collapse against the warfighter’s face and remain so while holding breath. If it does, mask assembly is fitted properly. Proceed with FIT test using an approved Fit Test device (WP 0037 00 or WP 0038 00).

b. If the mask assembly does not collapse, conduct the following checks and repeat the negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) after each one:

NOTE Only proceed to fit test when negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) is successful. (1) Check for hair, clothing, or other matter between mask assembly and warfighter’s face. (2) Ensure head harness is pulled down as far as possible on back of head. (3) Ensure edges of mask are flat against warfighter’s face and not rolled under. (4) Have warfighter check for leaks around edge of mask by feeling for incoming air on the face. (5) Correct for leaks around the edge of the mask by re-adjusting the temple (re-lock temple buckle clamp plate after adjusting) and cheek straps, as required.

0036 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES UTILIZING A SIZING TOOL, IF AVAILABLE – Continued (6) To correct for leaks at the throat or under the chin, lift mask assembly higher on face, seating chin firmly in chin cup. Adjusting temple and cheek straps may also help. (7) If mask assembly does not seal, try another size mask and repeat steps 1. through 5.b (6).

NOTE The following step is optional and will be performed in accordance with individual service directives.

c.

With shears (item 17, WP0050 00) cut off the excess brow strap (pile portion).

6. Conduct internal drink tube fit check (WP0014 00) and adjust internal drink tube accordingly.

NOTE Once the mask is adjusted correctly, DO NOT ADJUST the brow and temple straps again. The mask is now fitted and adjusted correctly for the warfighter. Only the cheek straps need to be loosened or tightened when donning or doffing the mask. ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES NOT USING A SIZING TOOL 1. Conduct Initial Mask Sizing. a. Visually assess the size of the user and select the most likely size mask. The majority of male users will wear a size medium, while the majority of female users will wear size small. b. Have the wearer hold the selected size mask on their face with their chin positively located in the chin cup. Pull the head harness over the warfighters head. c.

Grasp the harness tab and pull down head harness as far as possible ensuring the head harness is centered on the crown of the head and the temple straps are approximately parallel to the ground. Have warfighter hold in place and tighten the head harness straps in the following order: cheek straps, brow straps then temple straps.

NOTE The fitting technicians’ eyes must be at the same level as the warfighters.

0036 00-6

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES NOT USING A SIZING TOOL – Continued

NOTE The position of the warfighters eyes with respect to the eyelens is the most important indicator that the mask size is correct. d. The center of the pupils of the wearers’ eyes should ideally be just slightly above the centerline of the eyelens. If the eyes appear to be too high above the centerline, the mask is probably too small. If the eyes appear to be too low below the centerline, the mask is probably too large. If the mask appears too large or too small by this assessment, select the more appropriate size and begin again with step a. above. e. The mask should make firm contact with the face around the entire perimeter of the facepiece. The distance between the edge of the mask and the lobe of the ear is typically in the range 0.5 to 1.5 inches. If the distance is less than 0.5 inch, the mask is probably too large and gaps at the forehead and chin may be observed. If the distance is greater than 1.5 inches, the mask is probably too small and may appear to be perched on the face. f.

Remove the initial fitting mask and issue the warfighter the selected mask size. Clean the sample masks for the next fitting using cheesecloth (Item 8, WP 0050 00) dampened with alcohol (Item 12, WP 0051 00) and allow to air dry before sizing another user.

2. Assist warfighter in donning selected size mask a. Install M61 filters on mask (WP 0032 00). b. If fitting an M51, install the microphone and microphone adapter (WP 0012 00). c.

If required, install the vision correction assembly (WP 0033 00).

d. If fitting an M51, verify the proper hood size and install the protective hood (WP 0034 00). e. Remove brow straps from brow strap covers and loosen brow straps. f.

Lift the clamp plates on the temple strap pivoting buckles unlocking the temple straps. Loosen head harness temple and cheek straps so that strap ends are completely extended.

g. Pull head harness over front of mask assembly. h. Have warfighter hold hair away from face and place chin positively in chin cup. i.

Have warfighter grasp harness tab and pull head harness over head while holding mask assembly firmly against face.

3. Adjust mask assembly. a. Have warfighter hold mask assembly tightly against chin. b. Grasp the harness tab and pull down head harness as far as possible ensuring the head harness is centered on the crown of the head and the temple straps are approximately parallel to the ground. Have warfighter hold in place. c.

Grasp the loose end of the cheek straps, one at a time, and pull until strap feels tight to the warfighter. Both straps should be approximately equal length when complete.

0036 00-7

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES NOT USING A SIZING TOOL – Continued

NOTE When the brow straps are tightened and secured in the brow strap covers, note the position of the brow straps in the covers for future reference. d. Pull the brow straps until tight and secure in brow strap covers. Straps should be approximately equal length when complete. e. Have the warfighter grasp the temple straps and pull them until the mask is comfortable but tight against the face, ensuring the temple straps are above the ears and approximately parallel to the ground. Close the pivoting buckle clamp plate securing the temple strap in place. Straps should be approximately equal length when complete. Alter length of brow straps to move temple and cheek straps up or down to position correctly above and below ears. f.

Have the warfighter release the mask assembly. Mask assembly should not slip down. If mask assembly slips, readjust the straps as necessary until mask assembly remains in place.

g. Check position of temple and cheek straps. Temple straps should not be cutting top of ears and should be approximately parallel to the ground. Cheek straps should not be cutting bottom of ears. 4. Inspect mask fit and adjustment to ensure: a. Visually recheck the position of the warfighter's eyes with respect to the eyelens (step 1c). b. Temple straps are above the ears of the warfighter and are approximately parallel to ground. c.

Mask assembly does not press flesh so tightly that eyes are partly closed (if so, adjust straps accordingly).

d. Bottom of mask assembly does not cut into throat (if so, move mask upwards on face). e. Skin in front of ear is not wrinkled (if so, adjust straps accordingly). f.

Edges of mask are flat against the face and not rolled under (run finger inside mask seal to remove).

5. Check mask for leaks after initial fitting: a. Have warfighter conduct negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) by placing palms of hands over both M61 filter inlet ports and breathe in. Mask assembly should collapse against the warfighter’s face and remain so while holding breath. If it does, mask assembly is fitted properly. Proceed with fit test using an approved Fit Test device. b. If the mask assembly does not collapse, conduct the following checks and repeat the negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) after each one:

NOTE Only proceed to fit test when negative pressure test (WP 0005-15) is successful. (1) Check for hair, clothing, or other matter between mask assembly and warfighter’s face. (2) Ensure head harness is pulled down as far as possible on back of head.

0036 00-8

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0036 00

ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT/USER FITTING PROCEDURES NOT USING A SIZING TOOL – Continued (3) Ensure edges of mask are flat against warfighter’s face and not rolled under. (4) Have warfighter check for leaks around edge of mask by feeling for incoming air on the face. (5) Correct for leaks around the edge of the mask by re-adjusting the temple (re-lock pivot buckle clamp plate after adjusting) and cheek straps, as required. (6) To correct for leaks at the throat or under the chin, lift mask assembly higher on face, seating chin firmly in chin cup. Adjusting temple and cheek straps may also help. (7) If mask assembly does not seal, try another size mask and repeat steps 1. through 5.b (6). Conduct internal drink tube fit check (WP0014 00) and adjust internal drink tube accordingly.

NOTE The following step is optional and will be performed in accordance with individual service directives.

c.

With shears (item 17, WP0050 00) cut off the excess brow strap (pile portion).

6. Conduct internal drink tube fit check (WP0014 00) and adjust internal drink tube accordingly.

NOTE Once the mask is adjusted correctly, DO NOT ADJUST the brow and temple straps again. The mask is now fitted and adjusted correctly for the warfighter. Only the cheek straps need to be loosened or tightened when donning or doffing the mask. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036 00-9/10 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0037 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SET-UP PROCEDURES FOR FIT TESTING USING M41 PROTECTION ASSESSMENT TEST SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (WP 0047 00) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (WP 0047 00) M41, Protection Assessment Test System M41 M50/M51 Drink Tube Sampling Adapter Cloth, Cheesecloth (item 8, WP 0050 00) References Operator and Unit Maintenance Manual for Protection Assessment Test System Army: TM 3-4240-349-12&P Air Force: T.O. 14P4-15-11 Marine Corps: TM 10224A-14&P/1

GENERAL This document is intended to be used in conjunction with the Operator and Unit Maintenance Manual for Protection Assessment Test System (PATS), M41 (NSN: 4240-01-365-8241), dated 30 November 1999. The purpose of this document is to provide M50 or M51 set-up procedures for fit testing using the M41, PATS.

0037 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0037 00

PREPARING THE MASK FOR FIT TESTING

CAUTION It is extremely important that the mask be clean and free of any loose foreign material prior to conducting a fit test. Presence of these substances may affect facepiece seal and/or result in inaccurate readings.

NOTE Fit testing will be conducted during initial issue to the warfighter. Subsequent fit testing will be in accordance with individual Service policy. Perform mask PMCS prior to conducting a fit test. Cigarette/pipe/cigar smoking is not permitted in the immediate area or within 100 feet of the entrance/exit where the mask fit test is conducted. To achieve accurate results, the warfighter should not chew gum nor talk during the test. Lotions, perfumes, and colognes should be removed from face and neck prior to donning the protective mask.

NOTE Mouthwash, foods, and any liquids, other than water, should not be consumed within 30 minutes prior to testing. Tobacco products should not be used within 30 minutes prior to testing. Warfighters will remove hair fasteners/clips and let hair hang freely, but out of the mask seal region. The warfighter may complete the test with or without the M51 protective hood installed on the mask. 1. Visually inspect both the inside and outside of mask for dirt, mud, sand, powder, and greasy or oily substances. The inside of the facepiece should be cleaned with damp cheesecloth and dried with a lint-free cloth. The outlet disk valve should also be carefully inspected to ensure that it is clean and seated properly. Check to ensure the drink coupler is functioning (WP 0005 00-3). Ensure filters are secured (WP 0032 00). Drink Tube-sampling Adapter

2. Have the warfighter don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask. If the mask is an M51, the protective hood must be attached.

0037 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0037 00

PREPARING THE MASK FOR FIT TESTING – Continued

CAUTION All water or foreign material must be expelled from the mask drink tube before the PATS sample line is connected so that liquid will not be drawn into the PATS. If liquid is drawn into the PATS, it may become inoperative. 3. Turn the drink tube lever upward until it stops and is fully open to open the drink tube shut-off valve. 4. Attach M41 M50/M51 drink tube sampling adapter to drink coupler in accordance with the Operator and Unit Maintenance Manual for Protection Assessment Test System (TM 3-4240-349-12&P). 5. Instruct the warfighter to blow as hard as possible several times into the internal drink tube to remove any trapped fluids or foreign matter. The drink tube must be cleared so that foreign matter will not be drawn into the PATS and the PATS will be able to draw air from inside the mask.

NOTE If the drink tube is obstructed and the blockage cannot be removed, the mask should be returned for maintenance. 6. Have the warfighter doff the M50 (WP 0005 00-16) or M51 (WP 0005 00-24) mask. 7. Remove the internal drink tube from the mask (WP 0042 00). 8. Remove the drink tube sampling adapter from drink coupler. 9. Don the M50 (WP 0005 00-13) or M51 (WP 0005 00-20) mask, adjust mask, and tighten head harness. 10. Ensure mask is properly fitted and that no hair is under the sealing surface of the mask. 11. Clear the M50 (WP 0005 00-15) or M51 (WP 0005 00-22) mask.

NOTE Testing of the M51 must be performed with the protective hood installed on the mask. 12. Reattach drink tube sampling adapter to drink coupler. 13. Conduct Fit Test in accordance with procedures contained in the Operator and Unit Maintenance Manual for Protection Assessment Test System (TM 3-4240-349-12&P). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037 00-3/4 Blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0038 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 SETUP PROCEDURES FOR TESTING USING THE JOINT SERVICE MASK LEAKAGE TESTER (JSMLT)

REFER TO JSMLT MANUAL Air Force – TO 33A4-7-10-1 Marine Corps – TM 10942A-0l/1 Navy - TM N65538-060017 Operator’s Manual v2.0 for Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 (Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]), 1 June 2006

᧪᧪᧪᧪ NOTE When testing the M51, the protective hood must be attached to the mask.

NOTE (Air Force and Navy Only) All JSGPM series masks shall be inspected using the TDA-99M or Joint Service Mask Leak Tester (JSMLT) prior to issuing/turn-in to an individual to identify deficient masks. Masks in long-term storage will be tested once initially and then prior to issue if more than two years has passed since last tested. Mask tests must be conducted every two years for Air Force or three years for Navy and documented in accordance with service policy.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0039 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 RECONFIGURING FROM A MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 TO A MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Materials/Parts Hose Assembly (WP 0047 00) Protective Hood (WP 0047 00) Microphone (WP 0047 00) Microphone Adapter (WP 0047 00) Communications Lead (WP 0047 00) Extension Strap (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for reconfiguring a Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 to a Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51.

0039 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0039 00

RECONFIGURING THE M50 TO AN M51

Protective Hood

1. Verify proper hood size and install the Protective hood (WP 0034 00).

Microphone Adapter

Communications Lead


Microphone, Microphone Adapter and Communications Lead

2. Install the microphone and adapter (WP0012 00). 3. Install the communications lead (WP 0013 00).


Hose

Vehicle Connector

Hose Assembly

4. Install the hose assembly (WP 0011 00). If not used, stow the hose assembly in the mask carrier.


5. If not used, stow extension strap in the mask carrier. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0040 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 INTRODUCTION TO FIELD LEVEL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

INTRODUCTION This work package provides an introduction to Field level PMCS for the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. GENERAL Field level PMCS table (WP 0041 00) is performed semiannually (every 6 months). The warfighter may perform semiannual PMCS under the supervision of the individual service trained M50/M51 Field level maintenance technician. Field level PMCS ensures that the operator is conducting operator PMCS and maintaining the mask in an operable condition. Initial and mandatory fit tests will be scheduled and recorded in accordance with individual service directives.

NOTE Within each section of the PMCS table, tasks are divided into those common to both the M50 and M51 masks as well as those specific to only the M51. Perform all tasks that are common and specific to your mask.

NOTE Conduct a fit test and leak test of all assigned masks in accordance with service directives using an approved fit and leakage test device. INSPECTION The most detailed inspections and PMCS of the mask are performed when it is first received, after each use, semiannually, and during the initial fit test. The individual service trained M50/M51 Field level maintenance technician is involved in all inspections. This allows the field level maintenance technician to ensure that the operator is performing the required PMCS.

0040 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0040 00

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS It is vital to the safety of the operator and the Field level maintenance personnel that all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS are followed. It is also the responsibility of the trained Field level technician to make sure the operator understands their importance. PMCS PROCEDURES The following paragraphs describe the information presented in each column of the PMCS table (WP 0041 00). 1. Item Number Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. Item numbers appear in the order that you must do checks and services for the intervals listed. Record any faults that you discover before, during, or after operation. You DO NOT have to record faults that are corrected. 2. Interval Column. This column tells you when you must perform the procedure in the procedure column. Organizational PMCS should be performed prior to deployment and before storing the mask. 3. Item to Be Checked or Serviced Column. This column identifies the item to be checked or serviced. 4. Procedure Column. This column explains the procedure to follow to check or service the item listed in the Item to Be Checked/Serviced column. This will tell you if the equipment is ready or available for the intended mission or for operation. You must perform the procedure at the time stated in the interval column. 5. Not Fully Mission Capable If Column. Information in this column provides a brief statement of the condition (e.g., malfunction, shortage) that would cause the equipment to be less than fully ready to perform its assigned mission.. If the procedure contains detail steps the statement shall be placed opposite the applicable step. DO NOT use your mask if a check and service shows a fault listed in this column. 6. Other Table Entries. Be sure to observe all special information and notes that appear in your table (WP 0041 00). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0040 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 FIELD LEVEL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

INTRODUCTION Table 1 contains instructions for performing Field level PMCS on the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. The instructions list checks, services, and criteria to ensure the M50 and M51 masks are ready for operation. Perform all checks and services at the specified intervals. Table 1. Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. ITEM NO.

INTERVAL SEMIANNUAL


PROCEDURE



CAUTION Sanitizing will be performed prior to reissue to another warfighter or prior to turn-in as excess.

0041 00-1


TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00

Table 1. Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services – Continued ITEM NO.

INTERVAL

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED M50/M51 Common Items


PROCEDURE



Stowage Pocket

Attachment Straps

1

Semiannual

Mask Carrier



Waist Strap

Front

Back

a. Visually inspect carrier for fraying, tears or rips and damage to hook and pile fasteners.

b. Visually inspect carrier waist strap, leg strap, carrier protection sleeve and MOLLE attachment panel for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm mask assembly. Check seams for broken stitches.

2

Semiannual

Severely frayed, torn, or ripped or there is damage to the hook and pile fasteners. Mask carrier should be replaced. Waist strap, leg strap, MOLLE attachment panel or carrier protection sleeve are severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Mask carrier should be replaced. Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Mask carrier should be replaced.

Snap Fasteners

Individual Equipment Carrier Bag Stowage Pocket

Outside View


Stowage Pocket



a. Visually inspect bag for fraying, tears or rips. Inspect slide fastener and snaps for damage. b. Visually inspect AAL item retaining straps in interior of bag for fraying, tears or rips. Ensure retaining straps are secured to bag.

0041 00-2

Severely frayed, torn, or ripped. Slide fastener or snaps damaged Bag should be replaced. Severely frayed, torn, or ripped or not secured to bag. Bag should be replaced.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE c. Check for mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials that might harm AAL items. Check seams for broken stitches.

3

Semiannual

Facepiece Assembly

Mildew, solvents, or abrasive materials are present. Seams are broken or stitching is loose. Bag should be replaced.



Drink Coupler


Cheek Strap






c. Visually inspect eyelens for cracks, cuts, scratches, or stains that affect vision. d. Pull head harness brow strap slots, head harness buckles and facepiece beard and visually inspect for rubber deterioration. e. Visually inspect bonding around the eyelens.

0041 00-3

There are tears or holes in the facepiece. Facepiece has soft or sticky spots that allow air to enter mask assembly or stiff areas that crumble when rubbed between fingers and cracks that expand when rubber is stretched. Replace facepiece assembly. The eyelens is cracked or is scratched so as to impair vision. Replace facepiece assembly. There are signs of rubber deterioration Replace facepiece assembly. Bonding around eyelens is not secure or appears to be coming loose. Replace facepiece assembly.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


4

INTERVAL

Semiannual


PROCEDURE


f. Visually inspect head harness pivoting and ladder lock buckles for damage. g. Visually inspect facepiece interior and ensure vision correction stand-off is present.

Buckles are broken or missing. Replace facepiece assembly.. Vision correction standoff missing or damaged

Head Harness


Temple Strap

Cheek Strap

Head Harness a. Visually inspect skullcap and stitching, head harness straps and brow strap covers.



Semiannual


Skullcap is cut, ripped, or torn; stitching is loose or coming apart; brow strap covers are damaged. Head harness should be replaced (WP 0027 00). Head harness will not hold mask assembly firmly against face. Head harness should be replaced (WP 0027 00). Buckles will not hold straps. Head harness should be replaced (WP 0027 00).

Baffle Assembly


Front

Rear


Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

a. Remove outlet valve cover assembly (WP 0025 00) and visually inspect for breaks or other damage.

0041 00-4

Cover is broken, cracked or otherwise damaged. Cover assembly should be replaced (WP 0025 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


6

INTERVAL

Semiannual


Front Module

PROCEDURE


b. Inspect communications port cover for damage and ensure front cover baffle is in place and secure.

Front cover baffle is damaged, loose, or missing. Cover assembly should be replaced (WP 0025 00).




Communications Port





NOTE If available, test the facepiece assembly drink system using the Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester (JSMLT) (WP 0038 00). d. Reinstall outlet disk valve and outlet valve cover assembly,.

0041 00-5

Front module main body is loose; communications port, drink tube lever, external drink tube and drink coupler are damaged or missing and/or drink coupler receptacle is damaged. If drink coupler is damaged, replace drink coupler. For all else facepiece assembly should be replaced. Outlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Outlet disk valve should be replaced. Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. If facepiece assembly fails drink system test and can not be fixed, replace the facepiece assembly.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE e. Rotate drink tube lever upward to move internal drink tube and open drink system shut-off valve.

7

Semiannual

Filter Mounts Left and Right

Drink tube lever is hard to rotate or will not rotate. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Air Deflector






Outside

Inside


a. Remove M61 filters from filter mounts (WP 0032 00) and visually inspect filter mounts for tight fit and damage. b. Visually inspect Serial Number and Lot on filter mount to ensure they are readable. c. Visually inspect Bar Code on filter mount for damage. d. Remove self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00) and visually inspect for damage or deterioration.

e. Inspect self-sealing valve seat and valve mounting post for damage. Remove air deflectors and Inlet valves from filter mounts inside the facepiece and visually inspect for damage or deterioration. Inspect inlet valve seat and valve mounting post for damage. f. Reinstall inlet valves and air deflectors (WP 0028 00, WP 0030 00).

0041 00-6

Filter mounts left or right are loose or damaged. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Not readable. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Bar Code damaged. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Self-sealing disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Self sealing disk valves should be replaced. Valve seats are damaged and/or valve mounting posts are broken. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Replace air deflectors (WP 0028 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE g. Reinstall self-sealing disk valves (WP 0030 00) and inspect for proper operation by pressing down firmly on center of valve. Disk valve should pop open and then close when pressure is removed.

8

Before

Self-sealing disk valve does not function properly. Replace self sealing disk valve and recheck.

M61 filters Air Passages

M61 Filter Seal



Side Tabs

Mounting Lugs (3)


M61 Filter


b. Check that M61 filter seal is present.

c. Visually inspect M61 filters for cracks, dents, or holes. Inspect air passages to ensure filter is not clogged with dirt. Inspect locking tabs on both sides of the filter.




0041 00-7

Filter Lot number has expired or is not readable. Barcode is missing or damaged.. Follow individual service directive. M61 filter seal is missing. Follow individual service directive. M61 filter is cracked, dented, or damaged on a seam and/or filter air passages are clogged with dirt. Follow individual service directive. Alignment markings are worn or damaged. Follow individual service directive. M61 filter is cracked, dented, or damaged on a seam and/or filter air passages are clogged with dirt. Locking tabs are missing or damaged. Follow individual service directive. M61 filter self-sealing valve actuator is damaged. Follow individual service directive.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL


PROCEDURE g. Shake M61 filters and listen for signs of loose absorbent particles.

h. Inspect filter time patch assembly housing and blotter paper alignment within the window piece. Inspect time patch blotting paper for black and/or blue specs.

f. Install M61 filters and check selfsealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0030 00).


j. Install M61 filters and check selfsealing disk valves for proper function (WP 0032 00).

9

Semiannual

Mask Interior

NOTE If available, leak test the mask using an approved leak test device (WP 0037 00 or 0038 00).

0041 00-8

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Loose particles rattle or dust falls out when filter canister is shaken. Follow individual service directive. Time patch assembly color is dark blue; housing is missing or damaged; blotting paper is misaligned in window piece; black and/or blue specs can be seen holding the filter at arms length. Follow individual service directive. Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Follow individual service directive. M61 filters do not properly attach to filter mount assemblies. Follow individual service directive. Self-sealing disk valves do not function properly. Follow individual service directive. If mask fails leak test and can not be fixed, replace the mask.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Mask Interior continued


PROCEDURE

Vision Correction Support Frame Stand-off

Communications Port

Internal Drink Tube



Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount

Chincup Beard

Air Deflector Air Deflectors Chincup Moisture Outlet


Check to see that the following components are present:

Any components are missing or damaged.

Internal drink tube.

Replace internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). Replace facepiece assembly. Replace inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00). Replace air deflectors (WP 0028 00). Replace facepiece assembly. Chin cup or beard is torn, has holes or other damage and/or shows signs of deterioration. Facepiece assembly should be replaced.

Nosecup. Inlet disk valves, left and right. Air deflectors.

10

Semiannual

Chin Cup and Beard

11

Semiannual

Nosecup

Vision correction support Frame Stand-off Visually inspect chin cup and beard for tears, holes, and signs of deterioration or other damage.


Rear

Front

Nosecup Facepiece Assembly Not Shown For Clarity

0041 00-9

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL



PROCEDURE Gently pull back chin cup and visually inspect nosecup for tears, holes, signs of deterioration or other damage.

12

Semiannual

Inlet Disk Valves, Left and Right

Internal Drink Tube

Nosecup is torn, has holes or other damage and/or shows signs of deterioration. Facepiece assembly should be replaced.

Communications Port

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount


Chincup


Beard


a. Gently pull back chin cup and pull air deflector away from filter mount clamp ring, left or right to expose inlet disk valve. Inspect the air deflectors for damage or deterioration. Remove inlet disk valve (WP 0030 00) and visually inspect for damage and/or deterioration. b. Inspect valve seat and valve mounting post for damage.

c. Reinstall inlet valves and air deflectors (WP 0028 00, WP 0030 00). Ensure air deflectors mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right.

0041 00-10

Air deflectors are damaged or show signs of deterioration. Replace air deflectors (WP 0028 00). Inlet disk valve is damaged and/or shows signs of deterioration. Replace inlet disk valve (WP 0030 00). Valve seat is damaged and/or valve mounting post is broken. Facepiece assembly should be replaced. Air deflectors will not mount snugly over filter mount clamp rings, left and right. Replace air deflectors (WP 0028 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

13

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Internal Drink Tube



Communications Port

Left Filter Mount

Right Filter Mount


Chincup


Internal Drink Tube

Beard



b. Ensure internal drink tube moves from stowed position to drink position by rotating the drink tube lever on the front module main body upward. 14

Semiannual


Outsert Pouch

Internal drink tube is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Internal drink tube should be replaced (WP 0042 00). Drink tube does not move. Replace facepiece assembly.

Clear Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab


a. Inspect outsert lens for cracks, chips, or discoloration that affects vision. Inspect outsert locking tabs for breaks, or cracks.


0041 00-11

Outsert is broken, distorted, or discolored enough to impair vision. Locking tabs are broken or cracked. Clear outsert assembly should be replaced (WP 0007 00). The Outsert Pouch is torn, ripped, or otherwise unserviceable. Outsert pouch should be replaced.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

15

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Water Canteen Cap


PROCEDURE Retaining Strap



Water Canteen Cap

a. Inspect canteen cap for dirt, damage and tight connection with drink coupler.

b. Inspect canteen cap for missing, damaged, or deteriorating drink tube coupler “O” ring and internal canteen seal. c. Inspect canteen cap restraining strap for damage and deterioration.


16

Semiannual

Waterproofing Bag

Canteen cap is damaged or does not make tight connection with drink coupler. Canteen cap should be replaced. “O” ring or canteen seal are missing, damaged, or show signs of deterioration. Canteen cap should be replaced. Restraining strap is damaged or shows signs of deterioration. Canteen cap should be replaced. There is excessive breathing resistance. Replace drink coupler and recheck. If excessive breathing resistance remains, Facepiece assembly should be replaced.

Resealable Bag

Waterproofing Bag

a. Inspect waterproofing bag for cracks, discoloration, tears, holes, and/or brittleness.

0041 00-12

Waterproofing bag is torn, has holes, or is brittle. Waterproofing bag should be replaced.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


17

INTERVAL

Semiannual



PROCEDURE b. Check that three rubber bands are in bag and are not sticky, broken, or brittle.

Rubber bands are missing or are sticky, broken, or brittle. Waterproofing bag should be replaced.


Operator cards are missing. Operator cards should be replaced. Operator cards are faded, discolored, or otherwise difficult to read. Operator cards should be replaced. Binding is damaged preventing cards from being turned or bound together. Operator cards should be replaced.

Operator Cards



M51 Specific Items 18

Semiannual

Hose Assembly


Hose

Vehicle Connector

Hose Assembly

a. Inspect hose assembly for splits, cracks, or breaks. b. Check hose connectors for damage or dirt. Rotate hose filter connector to make sure it will swivel freely.

c. Check to see that you are able to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Check hose attachment and clothing clip.

0041 00-13

Hose is split, cracked or broken. Hose assembly should be replaced. Hose connectors are damaged or dirty. Filter hose connector will not swivel freely. Hose assembly should be replaced. Unable to connect to the vehicle collective protection system. Hose assembly should be replaced.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

19

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Microphone and microphone adapter


PROCEDURE

Microphone Adapter


a. Remove microphone and microphone adapter from facepiece assembly (WP 0012 00). b. Inspect microphone and adapter for damage or corrosion to two-pin connectors and connector receptacles. Check for missing or damaged retaining screws.

c. Visually inspect microphone adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

d. Ensure that microphone and microphone adapter can be securely installed in the communications port inside the facepiece assembly (WP 0012 00).

e. Check microphone and microphone adapter for proper operation by connecting to the Combat Vehicle helmet and activating vehicle communications system (WP 0012 00).

20

Semiannual

Communicatio ns Lead

Microphone or microphone adapter are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Microphone or microphone adapter should be replaced (WP 0012 00). Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Microphone adapter should be replaced (WP 0012 00). Microphone and adapter cannot be securely installed in communications port. Microphone or microphone adapter should be replaced (WP 0012 00). Unable to communicate through the microphone and adapter. Replace Microphone or microphone adapter and recheck.

Communications Lead

Check lead for breaks, cuts, corrosion, abrasions, and damage to connectors.

0041 00-14

Lead and/or connector are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Replace lead (WP 0013 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

21

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Protective Hood

PROCEDURE


Protective Hood

a. Inspect protective hood for cuts, holes, or tears using an adequate light source. b. Check pivoting buckle and filter mount elasticized straps for breaks fraying, tears or rips.

c. Verify proper protective hood size 22

Semiannual

Protective hood has cuts, holes, or tears. Protective hood should be replaced. Elasticized straps are broken, frayed or otherwise damaged. Protective hood should be replaced. Hood size is incorrect

Mask Carrier Extension Strap Mask Carrier Extension Strap Visually inspect mask carrier Mask carrier extension extension strap for fraying, tears or strap is severely frayed, rips and damaged or missing torn, or ripped or hardware. attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Extension strap should be replaced.

0041 00-15

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL Semiannual

23

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Common AAL Items Vision Correction Assembly (if issued)


PROCEDURE



Cam Lock

Visually inspect vision correction support frame and vision correction Spec frame assembly for damage. Ensure cam lock is present. Check vision correction lenses for scratches/damage.

Inspect facepiece assembly to ensure mounting frame support stand-off is present

24

Semiannual

Audio Frequency Amplifier, and Audio Frequency Amplifier Adapter (if issued)


a. Visually inspect audio frequency amplifier for damage or corrosion to top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw and two-pin connector to communications port receptacle.

0041 00-16

Vision correction support frame and/or vision correction spec frame assembly are damaged preventing their use. Cam lock is missing. Vision correction lenses are scratched or damaged. Vision correction assembly should be replaced (WP0033 00). Vision correction support frame stand-off is missing or damaged. Mask should be replaced


Top and bottom locking clamps, top locking clamp prongs, on-off switch, battery compartment, battery compartment cover and screw or two-pin connector to communications port receptacle are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Amplifier should be replaced (WP 0008 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL


PROCEDURE b. Visually inspect two-pin connector on amplifier adapter for damage or corrosion.

c. Visually inspect amplifier adapter gasket for damage and deterioration.

25

Semiannual


NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: Two-pin connector on amplifier adapter is bent, broken, or shows signs of corrosion. Microphone adapter should be replaced (WP 0012 00). Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Microphone adapter should be replaced (WP 0012 00).

Retaining Screws

ATC 5 Ohm Microphone, M101 Visually inspect two-pin connector Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone for receptacle on damage, corrosion and missing microphone is retaining screws. damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Microphone should be replaced (WP 0012 00).

26

Semiannual


Retaining Screws



0041 00-17

Two-pin connector receptacle on microphone is damaged, shows signs of corrosion or retaining screws are missing. Microphone should be replaced (WP 0012 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

27

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Special Cable Assembly, (if issued)

PROCEDURE




Semiannual

Cable assembly is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Cable assembly should be replaced (WP 0010 00).

Special Cable Assembly (if issued)



Semiannual

Cable assembly is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Cable assembly should be replaced (WP 0010 00).

Microphone Cable


Visually inspect microphone cable connectors to communications port in front module main body, to pushto- talk and to ATC system equipment for damage and corrosion.

0041 00-18

Microphone cable is broken and/or connectors are damaged or show signs of corrosion. Cable should be replaced (WP 0010 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL

30

Semiannual

ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Microphone adapter (if issued)


PROCEDURE Adapter Gasket

Microphone Adapter

a. Visually inspect two and three pin connector on microphone adapter for damage or corrosion.


31

Semiannual

Laser Outsert Assembly (if issued)

Outsert Pouch

Two or three pin connector on amplifier adapter is bent, broken, or shows signs of corrosion. Replace adapter (WP 0012 00). Gasket is missing, damaged, or shows signs of deterioration. Replace adapter (WP 0012 00).

Laser Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab




32

Semiannual


Outsert Pouch

Outsert is broken, distorted, or discolored enough to impair vision. Locking tabs are broken, or cracked. Laser outsert assembly should be replaced (WP 0018 00). The Outsert Pouch is torn, ripped, or otherwise unserviceable. Replace outsert pouch (WP 0018 00).

Sunlight Outsert

Outsert Locking Tab



0041 00-19

Outsert is broken, distorted, or discolored enough to impair vision. Locking tabs are broke or cracked, Sunlight outsert assembly should be replaced (WP 0018 00).

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0041 00


INTERVAL


PROCEDURE b. Inspect Outsert Pouch for tears, rips or other damage.

33

Semiannual

NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: The Outsert Pouch is torn, ripped, or otherwise unserviceable. Replace outsert pouch.

Mask carrier extension Strap Mask Carrier Extension Strap

Visually inspect mask carrier extension strap for fraying, tears or rips and damaged or missing hardware.

34

Semiannual

Decontaminati on Kit M291 or Reactive Skin Decontaminati on Lotion (RSDL)

Visually inspect to ensure these items are present and mission capable as required by individual service equipment directive. NOTE: Only the NAAK MARK 1 or the ATNNA and the Decontamination Kit, M291 or the RSDL need to be present.

Decontaminati on Kit M295 Paper, Chemical Agent M8 Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK) Mark I or Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNNA) Diazepam Injection Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment Tablet Set (NAPP). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041 00-20

Mask carrier extension strap is severely frayed, torn, or ripped or attaching hardware is damaged or missing. Replace extension strap. All items are not present as required by individual service directive.

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0042 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 INTERNAL DRINK TUBE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Internal Drink Tube (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for removal and installation of the internal drink tube. Internal Drink Tube

Internal Drink Tube


0042 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0042 00

INTERNAL DRINK TUBE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Removal

CAUTION DO NOT scratch eyelens during this procedure. a. Turn drink tube lever on front module upward until it stops and internal drink tube is in drinking position. b. Place mask on flat surface with eyelense facing down. c.

Grasp internal drink tube at shutoff valve spindle and gently pull internal drink tube from spindle.

d. Turn drink tube lever on front module downward until it stops and shutoff valve spindle is in stowed position. 2. Installation a. Turn drink tube lever on front module upward until it stops and shutoff valve spindle is in drinking position. b. Place mask on flat surface with eyelense facing down.

External Drink Tube Drink Tube lever

Shutoff Valve Spindle Internal Drink Tube

c.

Align the internal drink tube with the shutoff valve spindle inside the mask and push the internal drink tube on to the spindle. Make sure internal drink tube is firmly attached to the spindle.

d. Turn drink tube lever on front module downward until it stops and is fully closed to place internal drink tube in stowed position. Internal Drink Tube Alignment Arrow

e. Verify alignment of internal drink tube with alignment arrow on nosecup. Nosecup alignment arrow should be pointing to top of internal drink tube. Make adjustments, as required. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0043 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 M50 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Materials/Parts Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (WP 0047 00) Wooden shipping crate (Item 9, WP 0050 00) Fiberboard shipping boxes (Item 3, WP 0050 00) Cushioning material (Item 10, WP 0050 00) Tape, Pressure Sensitive, 2 inches wide (Item 18, WP 0050 00) Bag, Plastic (if available) Faceform (WP 0047 00)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for preparation for storage and shipment of the M50, Field Mask. Instructions should be performed by a trained M50/M51 Field level technician or other trained personnel. M50 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

CAUTION Store mask in a cool, dry place. Heat and moisture will damage the mask and the filter material. 1. Storage by Using Unit (30 Days or Longer). a. If the wooden shipping crates or the inner fiberboard boxes containing the M50 mask have not been opened, use them for unit storage by stacking them upright to form a bank of storage cells. Fiberboard boxes should not be stacked more than three high.

0043 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0043 00

M50 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT – Continued b. If the mask and associated components have been removed from the wooden shipping crate and the fiberboard boxes: (1) Clean the mask carrier (WP 0019 00) and individual equipment carrier bag (WP 0020 00). Clean and sanitize the mask (WP 0017 00) and (WP 0018 00). (2) After sanitizing the mask, reinstall the M61 filters (WP 0032 00), a new outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00); new inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00); new self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00), and new internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). (3) Stow the mask in mask carrier (WP 0005 00-15). (4) Replace AAL items in individual equipment carrier bag (WP 0005 00-10). (5) If mask is to be stored for 30 days or more and fiberboard boxes are available, place the faceform in the mask and store the mask, mask carrier and individual equipment bag with AAL items in fiberboard boxes. Seal fiberboard boxes with pressure sensitive tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (6) If mask is to be stored for 30 days or more and fiberboard boxes are not available, place the faceform in the mask and store the mask, mask carrier and individual equipment bag with AAL items in separate sealed plastic bags, if available. 2. Storage by Using Unit (Temporary Storage). a. Complete steps 1a and 1b (1), (2), (3), and (4). b. Place individual equipment carrier bag on mask carrier waist strap. Hang the mask carrier and individual equipment carrier bag by the mask carrier waist strap. 3. Shipment of M50 Mask. a. If the wooden shipping crates or the inner fiberboard boxes have not been opened, use them for unit shipment. Secure a new shipping document envelope on the side of the fiberboard shipping box with an enclosed DD Form 134 for each serial numbered item being shipped (AR 725-50 [Army], see II, Paragraph 7-11). b. If the mask and associated components have been removed from the wooden shipping crate and the fiberboard box: (1) Remove any items from mask carrier and clean the mask carrier (WP 0019 00). Remove AAL items from individual equipment carrier bag and clean (WP 0020 00). Clean and sanitize the mask (WP 0017 00) and (WP 0018 00). (2) After sanitizing the mask, install a new outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00); new inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00); new self-sealing disk valves (WP 0031 00), and new internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). If available, place faceform in mask. (3) DO NOT ship mask with M61 filters attached. Turn in filters in accordance with Federal, state and local environmental laws and/or command direction for disposal.

0043 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0043 00

M50 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT – Continued (4) Wrap mask with faceform installed (if available) with one complete turn of cushioning material (Item 10, WP 0050 00). Overlap and secure ends with tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (5) Place mask carrier waist strap, leg strap, and MOLLE attaching panel in pocket on back of mask carrier. (6) Place mask carrier on bottom of fiberboard container. Place individual equipment carrier bag, Operator cards, and waterproofing bag on top of mask carrier. (7) Place fiberboard container divider, if available, in fiberboard container over mask carrier and bag, individual equipment carrier. (8) Place new filter unit pack in forward compartment of box. (9) Put mask with faceform, if available, in a polypropylene bag (if available) and place on top of divider. (10) Close fiberboard container and seal with tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (11)Secure a shipping document envelope on the side of the fiberboard shipping box with an enclosed DD Form 134 for each serial numbered item being shipped (AR 725-50, see II, Paragraph 7-11). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043 00-3/4 Blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0044 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 M51 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

INITIAL SETUP: Personnel Required Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Field level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician Warfighter Applicable Configurations Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Materials/Parts Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (WP 0047 00) Wooden shipping crates (Item 9, WP 0050 00) Fiberboard shipping boxes (Item 3, WP 0050 00) Cushioning material (Item 10, WP 0050 00) Tape, Pressure Sensitive, 2 inches wide (Item 18, WP 0050 00) Faceform (WP 0047 00) Bag, polypropylene (if available)

GENERAL This work package provides instructions for preparation for storage and shipment of the M51, Combat Vehicle mask. Instructions should be performed by a trained M50/M51 Field level technician or other trained personnel. M51 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

CAUTION Store mask in a cool, dry place. Heat and moisture will damage the mask and the filter material. 1. Storage by Using Unit (30 Days or Longer). a. If the wooden shipping crates or the inner fiberboard boxes containing the M51 mask have not been opened, use them for unit storage by stacking them on their side to form a bank of storage cells. Fiberboard boxes should not be stacked more than three high.

0044 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0044 00

M51 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT – Continued b. If the mask and associated components have been removed from the wooden shipping crate and the fiberboard box: (1) Clean the mask carrier (WP 0019 00) and, Individual Equipment Carrier bag (WP 0020 00). Clean and sanitize the mask (WP 0017 00) (WP 0018 00). (2) After sanitizing the mask, install a new outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00); new inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00); a new self-sealing disk valve (WP 0031 00); and new internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). (3) Stow the mask in mask carrier (WP 0005 00-23). (4) Replace AAL items in individual equipment carrier bag (WP 0005 00-10). (5) If mask is to be stored for 30 days or more and fiberboard boxes are available, place the faceform in the mask and store the mask, mask carrier and individual equipment bag with AAL items in fiberboard boxes. Seal fiberboard boxes with pressure sensitive tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (6) If mask is to be stored for 30 days or more and fiberboard boxes are not available, place the faceform in the mask and store the mask, mask carrier and individual equipment bag with AAL items in separate sealed plastic bags. 2. Storage by Using Unit (Temporary Storage). a. Complete steps 1a and 1b (1), (2), (3), and (4). b. Place Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier on mask carrier waist strap. Hang the mask carrier and Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier by the mask carrier waist strap on the mask carrier. 3. Shipment of M51 Mask. a. If the wooden shipping crates or the inner fiberboard boxes have not been opened, use them for unit shipment. Secure a new shipping document envelope on the side of the fiberboard shipping box with an enclosed DD Form 134 for each serial numbered item being shipped (AR 725-50 [Army], see II, Paragraph 7-11). b. If the mask and associated components have been removed from the wooden shipping crate and the fiberboard box:

NOTE Individual service JSGPM M50/M51 trained Organizational level chemical/biological equipment maintenance technician will be required for protective hood removal and installation. (1) Remove any items from mask carrier and clean the mask carrier (WP 0019 00). Remove AAL items from Bag, Individual Equipment Carrier and clean (WP 0020 00). Clean and sanitize the mask (WP 0017 00) and (WP 0018 00), protective hood (WP 0021 00) and hose assembly (WP 0022 00).

0044 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0044 00

M51 MASK, PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT – Continued (2) After sanitizing the mask, install a new outlet disk valve (WP 0029 00); new inlet disk valves (WP 0030 00); a new self-sealing disk valve (WP 0031 00); and new internal drink tube (WP 0042 00). Reinstall microphone and microphone adapter (WP 0012 00). Loosen head harness straps and, if available, place faceform in mask. Tighten head harness straps evenly around faceform. (3) DO NOT ship mask with M61 filters attached. Turn in filters in accordance with state and local environmental laws and/or command direction for disposal. (4) Wrap mask with faceform (if available) with one complete turn of cushioning material (Item 10, WP 0050 00). Overlap and secure ends with tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (5) Place mask carrier waist strap, leg strap, and MOLLE attaching panel in pocket on back of mask carrier. (6) Place mask carrier on bottom of fiberboard container. Place individual equipment carrier bag, operator cards, and waterproofing bag on top of mask carrier. (7) Place fiberboard container divider, if available, in fiberboard container over mask carrier and bag, individual equipment carrier. (8) Place new filter unit pack in forward compartment of box. (9) Put mask with faceform (if available) in a polypropylene bag, If available, and place on top of divider. (10) Fold protective hood. Place hose assembly on protective hood. Fold protective hood over hose assembly and place in plastic bag. Place microphone, microphone adapter and communications lead in same bag. (11) Place protective hood, hose assembly, microphone, microphone adapter and communications lead in fiberboard container. (12) Close container and seal with tape (Item 18, WP 0050 00). (13) Secure a shipping document envelope on the side of the fiberboard shipping box with an enclosed DD Form 134 for each serial numbered item being shipped (AR 725-50, see II, Paragraph 7-11). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

CHAPTER 7 SUPPORTING INFORMATION

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0045 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 REFERENCES

SCOPE This work package lists all forms, field manuals, technical manuals, and miscellaneous publications referenced in this manual. FORMS Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet ...............................................................DA Form 2404 Product Quality Deficiency Report ...................................................................................................... SF 368 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms ....................................................DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications .......................................... DA Form 2028-2 Recommended Changes to Publications/Logistics-Maintenance Data Coding.............NAVMC Form 10772 Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record........................................................................ DD Form 314 Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) ..................................................................................................... SF 364 FIELD MANUALS First Aid for Soldiers.............................................................................................................FM 21-11 (Army) Treatment of Chemical Agent Casualties And Conventional Military Chemical Injuries .....FM 8-285 (Army) AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force) FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps) NAVMED P-5041 (Navy) Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK), Mark 1 ...........................................................................FM 8-285 (Army) AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force) FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps) NAVMED P-5041 (Navy) Antidote Treatment Nerve Agent Auto Injector System (ATNNA) .......................................FM 8-285 (Army) AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force) FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps) NAVMED P-5041 (Navy) Diazepam Injection...............................................................................................................FM 8-285 (Army) AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force) FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps) NAVMED P-5041 (Navy) Nerve Agent Pyridostigmine Pretreatment (NAPP) Tablet Set............................................FM 8-285 (Army) AFJMAN 44-149 (Air Force) FMFM 11-11 (Marine Corps) NAVMED P-5041 (Navy) Multi-service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Protection..........................................................FM 3-11.4 (Army) AFTTP (I) 3-2.46 (Air Force MCWP 3-37.2 (Marine Corps) NTTP 3-11.27 (Navy)

0045 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0045 00

FIELD MANUALS – Continued Multi-service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical Biological Radiological and Nuclear Decontamination .......................................FM 3-11.5 (Army) AFTTP (I) 3-2.60 (Air Force MCWP 3-37.3 (Marine Corps) NTTP 3-11.26 (Navy TECHNICAL MANUALS Decontamination Kit, Individual Equipment, M295 ............................................... TM 3-4230-235-10 (Army) Decontamination Kit, M291 ................................................................................... TM 3-4230-229-10 (Army) T.O. 11D1-1-131 (Air Force) TM 4320-10/1 (Marine Corps) SS010-AA-MMO-010 (Navy) Destruction of Chemical Weapons and Defense Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use............ TM 43-0002-31 Ground Equipment Record Procedures....................................................................................TM 4700-15/1 Operator and Unit Maintenance Manual for Protection Assessment Test System: M41 ........................................................................................... TM-3-4240-349-12&P (Army) T.O. 14P4-15-11 (Air Force) TM 10224A-14&P/1 (Marine Corps) Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit Technology (JSLIST) Chemical Protective Ensemble ........................................................................... TM 10-8415-220-10 (Army) TM 8414-10/3 (Marine Corps) SS 200-AP MMO-010 (Navy) Paper, Chemical Agent Detector, M8 ............................................................................... TM 3 6665-254-12 Operators Manual v2.0 for tester, Leakage, Protective Mask:M46 (Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]) ...................................................TO 33A4-7-10-1 (Air Force) .................................................................................................................... TM 10942A-01/1 (Marine Corps) ............................................................................................................................ TM N65538-060017 (Navy) TRAINING MATERIALS M41 Protection Assessment Testing System (45 minutes) – PIN 710502 – Videotape.......................................................................................... TVT 3-90 M41 Protection Assessment Testing System (9.5 minutes) – PIN 710411 – Videotape......................................................................................... TVT 3-95 MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items). .....................................................................................................................CTA 50-970 Ophthalmic Services ............................................................................................................ AR 40-63 (Army) AFJL 44117 (Air Force) NAVMEDCOMINST 6810.1 (Navy) The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) ................................................... DA Pam 738-750 Research, Development, Test and Evaluation of Material for Extreme Climatic Conditions ............................................................................................................AR 70-38 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing..............................................................................................AR 700-84 Requisition, Receipt, and Issue System ........................................................................................AR 725-50 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items..................................................................CTA 8-100 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) ..............................................................................MCO 4855.10 Marking for Shipment and Storage ........................................................................................... MIL-STD-129 Chemical-Biological Canisters and Filter Elements: Serviceability Lists .......................... SB 3-30-2 (Army) T.O. 14P-1-151 (Air Force) END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

INTRODUCTION The Army Maintenance System MAC This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the two maintenance levels under the Two-Level Maintenance System concept. This MAC designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance levels, which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as: Field – includes three subcolumns, Crew maintenance (C), Service maintenance (O), and Field maintenance (F). Sustainment – includes two subcolumns, Below Depot (H) and Depot (D) The tools and test equipment requirements (immediately following the MAC) list the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from the MAC. The remarks contain supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function. Maintenance Functions Maintenance functions are limited to and defined as follows: 1. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel). This includes scheduled inspection and gauging and evaluation of cannon tubes. 2. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards on a scheduled basis, i.e., load testing of lift devices and hydrostatic testing of pressure hoses. 3. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; e.g., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, or gases. This includes scheduled exercising and purging of recoil mechanisms. The following are examples of service functions:

0046 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

Maintenance Functions – Continued a. Unpack. To remove from packing box for service or when required for the performance of maintenance operations. b. Repack. To return item to packing box after service and other maintenance operations. c.

Clean. To rid the item of contamination.

d. Touch up. To spot paint scratched or blistered surfaces. e. Mark. To restore obliterated identification. 4. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters. 5. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance. 6. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments of test, measuring, and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared. 7. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system. 8. Paint (ammunition only). To prepare and spray color coats of paint so that the ammunition can be identified and protected. The color indicating primary use is applied, preferably, to the entire exterior surface as the background color of the item. Other markings are to be repainted as original so as to retain proper ammunition identification. 9. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place “Replace” is authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) code. 10. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.

0046 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

Maintenance Functions – Continued

NOTE The following definitions are applicable to the “repair” maintenance function: Services. Inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, and/or replace. Fault location/troubleshooting. The process of investigating and detecting the case of equipment malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or Unit Under Test (UUT). Disassembly/assembly. The step-by-step breakdown (taking apart) of a spare/functional group coded item to the level of its least component, that is assigned an SMR code for the level of maintenance under consideration (i.e., identified as maintenance significant). Actions. Welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, machining, and/or resurfacing 11. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul des not normally return an item to like new condition. 12. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning t zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army equipment/components. Explanation of Columns in the MAC Column (1) Group Number. Column (1) lists Functional Group Code (FGC) numbers, the purpose of which is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the Next Higher Assembly (NHA). Column (2) Component/Assembly. Column (2) contains the item names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized the item listed in column (2). (For a detailed explanation of these functions refer to “Maintenance Functions” outlined above). Column (3) Maintenance Function. Column (3) lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column (2). (For a detailed explanation of these functions refer to “Maintenance Functions” outlined above). Column (4) Maintenance Level. Column (4) specifies each level of maintenance authorized to perform each function listed in column (3), by indicating work time required (expressed as manhours in whole hours or decimals) in the appropriate subcolumn. This work time figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function varies at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time figures are to be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the MAC. The symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as follows:

0046 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

Explanation of Columns in the MAC Field: C O F

Operator or Crew maintenance Unit maintenance Direct Support maintenance

Sustainment: L H D

Specialized Repair Activity General Support maintenance Depot maintenance

NOTE The “L” maintenance level is not included in column (4) of the MAC. Functions to this level of maintenance are identified by work time figure in the “H” column of column (4), and an associated reference code issued in the REMARKS column (6). This code is keyed to the remarks and the SRA complete repair application is explained there. Column (5) Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Column (5) specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools), common Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and special tools, special TMDE and special support equipment required to perform the designated function. Codes are keyed to the entries in the tools and test equipment table. Column (6) Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, I alphabetical order, which is keyed to the remarks table entries. Explanation of Columns in the Tools and Test Equipment Requirements Column (1) Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in column (5) of the MAC. Column (2) Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment. Column (3) Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment. Column (4) National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment. Column (5) Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number, model number, or type number. Explanation of Columns in the Remarks Column (1) Remarks Code. The code recorded in column (6) of the MAC. Column (2) Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as indicated in the MAC.”

0046 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

Table 1. MAC for Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50. (1)

(2)

(3)

Group Number

Component/ Assembly

Maintenance Function

00

Mask, ChemicalBiological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 Facepiece Assembly M50 Clear Outsert Assembly

01

02

Inspect Test Adjust Replace Repair

Inspect Repair Service Inspect Replace

Crew C 0.1

(4) Maintenance Level Field Sustainment Below Service Field Depot Depot O F H D 0.1 0.1

(5)

(6)

Tools and Remarks Equipment Code Ref Code

0.1 0.1 0.1

0.1

1, 2, 3 0.1 0.1

0.1 0.1 0.1

Table 2. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements: Field, M50. Tool or Test Equipment Ref Code 1

Maintenance Level Field Level

2

Field Level

3

Field Level

Nomenclature Protection Assessment Testing System. Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 (JSMLT) Sizing Tool

National Stock Number

Tool Number

4240-01-365-8241

5-1-3326

6665-01-506-9002

9300156

4240-01-532-7952

71016/8

Table 3. MAC for Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51. (1)

(2)

(3)

Group Component/ Maintenance Number Assembly Function

00

01

02

Mask, ChemicalBiological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 Facepiece Assembly M51 Clear Outsert Assembly

Inspect Test Adjust Replace Repair

Inspect Repair Service Inspect Replace

Crew C 0.1

(4) Maintenance Level Field Sustainment Below Service Field Depot Depot O F H D 0.1 0.1

(5)

Tools and Remarks Equipment Code Ref Code

0.1 0.1 0.1

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

1, 2, 3 0.1 0.1

0046 00-5

(6)

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0046 00

Table 4. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements: Combat Vehicle, M51. Tool or Test Equipment Ref Code 1

Maintenance Level Field Level

2

Field Level

3

Field Level

Nomenclature Protection Assessment Testing System Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 (JSMLT) Sizing Tool

REMARKS Not applicable END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046 00-6

National Stock Number

Tool Number

4240-01-365-8241

5-1-3326

6665-01-506-9002

9300156

4240-01-532-7952

71016/8

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 REPAIR PART AND SPECIAL TOOL LIST

INTRODUCTION TO REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LIST (RPSTL) SCOPE This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special TMDE, and other special support equipment required for performance of Field maintenance for the Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 and Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of spares, repair parts, and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR) codes. GENERAL In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages. 1. Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts that must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Repair parts kits are listed with their applicable figure and appear in item number sequence. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also listed. Items listed are shown on the associated illustration. 2. Special Tools List Work Packages. Special tools are identified in the maintenance allocation chart and as Group 99 in this RPSTL. 3. Cross Reference Index Work Packages. There is one cross-reference index work package in this RPSTL: the National Stock Number Index. The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number.

0047 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE RPSTL ITEM NO. (Column 1). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration. SMR CODE (Column 2). The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code contains supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout: Source Code

Maintenance Code

Recoverability Code

XX

X

1st two positions

XX

3rd position How you get an item

4th positions 5th position

Who can install replace, or use the item

Who can do complete repair on the item

Who determined disposition action on unserviceable item

NOTE Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the “Repair” function in a user environment to restore serviceability to a failed item. SOURCE CODE The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow: Source Code PA PB PC PD PE PF PG

Application/Explanation Stock items; use applicable NSN to requisition/request items with these source codes. They are authorized to the level indicated by the code entered in the third position of the SMR code.

NOTE Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.

KD KF KB

MO - Made at unit/ AVUM Level MF - Made at DS/AVIM level MH - Made at GS level ML - Made at SRA MD - Made at Depot

Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part of a kit that is authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the third position of the SMR code. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied. Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They must be made from bulk material that is identified by the part number in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk material group of the repair parts list of the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you by the third position of the SMR code, but the source code indicates it is made at a higher level, order the item from the higher level of maintenance.

0047 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

SOURCE CODE – Continued Application/Explanation – Continued AO - Assembled by unit/AVUM level AF - Assembled by DS/(ICS) AVIM level AH - Assembled by GS level AL - Assembled by SRA AD - Assembled by Depot

Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that make up the assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of maintenance indicated by the source code. If the third position of the SMR code authorizes you to replace the item, but the source code indicates the item is assembled at a higher level of maintenance, order the item from the higher level of maintenance.

XA – Do not requisition an “XA” coded item. Order the next higher assembly. (Refer to the following NOTE). XB – If an item is not available from salvage, order it using the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) and part number. XC – Installation drawing, diagrams, instruction sheet, field service drawing; identified by manufacturer’s part number. XD – Requisition an “XD” coded item using CAGEC and part number.

NOTE Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply for items with the previous source codes, except for those source coded “XA” or those aircraft support items restricted by requirements of AR 750-1. MAINTENANCE CODE Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to USE and REPAIR support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows: Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance. Maintenance Code C O F H L D

Application/Explanation Crew or operator maintenance performed within unit/AVUM maintenance. Unit or Aviation Unit level can remove, replace, and use the item. Direct support or Aviation Intermediate level can remove, replace, and use the item. General support maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item. Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use the item. Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.

0047 00-3

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

MAINTENANCE CODE – Continued Fourth Position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether or not the item is to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (that is, perform all authorized repair functions). (NOTE: Some limited repair may be performed on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by the MAC and SMR codes). This position will contain one of the following maintenance codes. Maintenance Code O F H L D Z B

Application/Explanation Unit or Aviation Unit is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. Direct Support (DS) or Aviation Intermediate is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of items. Specialized repair activity (designated the specialized repair activity) is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. Nonreparable. No repair is authorized. No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are authorized for maintenance of “B” coded item. However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level.

RECOVERABLILITY CODE Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows: Recoverability Code Z O F H D L A

Application/Explanation Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in third position of SMR code. Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at unit level. Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at the Direct Support (DS) or Aviation Intermediate level. Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at the General Support level. Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot. Condemnation and disposal of item are not authorized below depot level. Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized below Specialized Repair Activity (SRA). Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific reasons (such as precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or hazardous material). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific instructions.

NSN (Column 3). The National Stock Number for the item is listed in this column. CAGEC (Column 4). The CAGEC is a 5-digit code that is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or government agency, etc., which supplies the item.

0047 00-4

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

RECOVERABLILITY CODE – Continued PART NUMBER (Column 5). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation, or government activity) that controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.

NOTE When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different part number from the part listed. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (Column 6). This column includes the following information: 1. The federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item. 2. The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column 6 for a given figure. QTY (Column 7). The QTY (quantity per figure column) indicates the quantity of the item used in the breakout shown on the illustration figure, which is prepared for a functional group, sub function group, or an assembly. A “V” appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and the quantity may vary from application to application. EXPLANATION OF PART NUMBER INDEX FORMAT AND COLUMNS Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending alphanumeric sequence (that is, vertical arrangement of number and letter combination that places the first digit of each group in order numbers 0 through 9, followed by the letters A through Z, and each following digit or letter in like order). PART NUMBER COLUMN Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, firm, corporation, or government activity) that controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items. FIG. COLUMN This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. ITEM COLUMN The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent figure number column. SPECIAL INFORMATION USABLE ON CODE The usable on code appears in the lower left corner of the Description Column heading. Usable on codes are shown as “UOC” in the Description Column (justified left) on the first line of the applicable item description/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. Identifications of the usable on codes used in the RPSTL are: Code 275 2M5 2L5 276 2M6 2L6

Used On Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (Small). Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (Medium) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, M50 (Large) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (Small) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (Medium) Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Combat Vehicle, M51 (Large)

0047 00-5

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS 1. When NSNs or Part Numbers Are Not Known. a. First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly or subassembly to which the item belongs. This is necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and lists are divided into the same groups. b. Second. Find the figure covering the functional group or sub functional group to which the item belongs. c.

Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the number.

d. Fourth. Look in the repair parts list for the figure and item numbers. The NSNs and part numbers are on the same line as the associated item numbers. 2. When the NSN Is Known. a. First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The NSN is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN. b. Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one for which you are looking. 3. When Part Number Is Known. a. First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work package. Identify the figure and item number. b. Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package. ABBREVIATIONS Not Applicable

0047 00-6/7 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LIST

1

2

4

9

5

7

8 6

Figure 1. Chemical-biological Mask: M50

0047 00-8

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LIST – Continued (1) ITEM NO

(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER

(6) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

(7) QTY

GROUP 00 CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK: M50 5-1-3526-10 5-1-3526-20 5-1-3526-30 FIG. 1 1 2 3

PAOZZ 8465-01-529-0599 PAOZZ 8465-01-529-1397 PCOOO 4240-01-529-0602

1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5

71021/1 71021/2 71000/1

3

PCOOO 4240-01-529-0601

1LEW5

71000/2

3

PCOOO 4240-01-529-0593

1LEW5

71000/3

4 5 6 7 8 9

PCOZA PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ

1LEW5 1LEW5 81349 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5

71024/1 71014/12 MILB51170 71016/10 71018/1 S17090305

4240-01-529-2289 4240-01-529-8327 4240-00-377-9401 7690-01-529-1398 8465-01-529-9800 4240-01-529-8338

CARRIER, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK .............. CARRIER, INDIVIDUAL ............................................... FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL............... UOC: 2L5 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL............... UOC: 2M5 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL .............. UOC: 275 CANISTER, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK: M61 ... OUTSERT, CLEAR ASSEMBLY.................................. BAG, WATERPROOFING............................................ OPERATOR CARDS.................................................... CAP, WATER CANTEEN ............................................. FACEFORM .................................................................

1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

END OF FIGURE

0047 00-9

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LIST – Continued

1 5

4

2 7

3

3

6


Figure 2. Facepiece Assembly: M50

0047 00-10

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 01 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY: M50 71000/1 71000/2 71000/3 FIG. 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PCOZZ PCOZZ PCOZZ PAOZZ PCOZZ PAOZZ PCOZZ

4240-01-539-3426 4820-01-528-9292 4820-01-528-9291 4240-01-529-1400 4240-01-539-5593 4240-01-540-2888 4240-01-529-1399

1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5

71003/2 71005/2 71005/4 71008/1/5 71006/1 71004/4 71008/1/17

HARNESS, HEAD ................................................. DISK, VALVE ........................................................ DISK, VALVE ........................................................ COVER, OUTLET VALVE..................................... COUPLING HALF, QUICK ................................... DEFLECTOR, AIR................................................. DRINK TUBE, INTERNAL.....................................

1 2 3 1 1 2 1

END OF FIGURE

0047 00-11

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


2

1

Figure 3. Clear Outsert Assembly: M50

0047 00-12

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 02 CLEAR OUTSERT ASSEMBLY:M50 71014/12 FIG. 3 1 2

XAOZZ PAOZZ

5140-01-539-5586

1LEW5 1LEW5

71014/7 71021/3

OUTSERT, CLEAR ............................................... 1 OUTSERT POUCH ............................................... 1 END OF FIGURE

0047 00-13

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00



1




Figure 4. Special Tools: M50

0047 00-14

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 99 SPECIAL TOOLS: M50 FIG. 4 1

PAOZZ

4240-01-532-7952

1LEW5

71016/8

SIZING TOOL ....................................... 1 END OF FIGURE

0047 00-15

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


1

2

4 15

5

6

14 13

8

11 12 10

9

Figure 5. Chemical-biological Mask: M51

0047 00-16

7

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 00 CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK:M51 5-1-3526-10 5-1-3526-20 5-1-3526-30 FIG. 5 1 2 3

PAOZZ PAOZZ PCOOO

8465-01-529-0599 1LEW5 8465-01-529-1397 1LEW5 4240-01-529-0602 1LEW5

71021/1 71021/2 71000/1

3

PCOOO

4240-01-529-0601 1LEW5

71000/2

3

PCOOO

4240-01-529-0593 1LEW5

71000/3

4 5 6 7 8

PCOZA PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ

4240-01-529-2289 4240-01-529-8327 4240-00-377-9401 7690-01-529-1398 4240-01-528-9286

71024/1 71014/12 MILB51170 71016/10 71013/1

8

PAOZZ

4240-01-548-2264 1LEW5

71013/2

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PAOZZ PCOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ

4240-01-529-0594 4720-01-528-9285 5965-01-277-8589 5965-01-528-9290 8465-01-529-9800 5340-01-539-5587 4240-01-529-8338

71009/4 71012/1 M26542/8-01 71009/3 71018/1 71021/4 S17090305

1LEW5 1LEW5 81349 1LEW5 1LEW5

1LEW5 1LEW5 81349 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5

CARRIER, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK .......... CARRIER,INDIVIDUAL............................................ FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL .......... UOC: 2L6 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL .......... UOC: 2M6 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY, CHEMICAL-BIOL .......... UOC: 276 CANISTER, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK M61 OUTSERT, CLEAR ASSEMBLY ............................. BAG WATERPROOFING ........................................ OPERATOR CARDS ............................................... HOOD, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK ............... UOC: 276, 2M6 HOOD, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL MASK ............... UOC: 2L6 MICROPHONE LEAD.............................................. HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALIC......................... MICROPHONE, DYNAMIC...................................... ADAPTER, MICROPHONE ..................................... CAP, WATER CANTEEN ........................................ STRAP, CARRIER EXTENSION ............................. FACEFORM .............................................................

1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

END OF FIGURE

0047 00-17

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


1 5

4

2 3

7 3

6


Figure 6. Facepiece Assembly: M51

0047 00-18

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 01 FACEPIECE ASSEMBLY: M51 71000/1 71000/2 71000/3 FIG. 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PCOZZ PCOZZ PCOZZ PAOZZ PCOZZ PAOZZ PCOZZ

4240-01-539-3426 4820-01-528-9292 4820-01-528-9291 4240-01-529-1400 4240-01-539-5593 4240-01-540-2888 4240-01-529-1399

1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5 1LEW5

71003/2 71005/2 71005/4 71008/1/5 71006/1 71004/4 71008/1/17

HARNESS, HEAD ................................................. DISK, VALVE ........................................................ DISK, VALVE ........................................................ COVER, OUTLET VALVE..................................... COUPLING HALF, QUICK .................................... DEFLECTOR, AIR................................................. DRINK TUBE, INTERNAL..................................... END OF FIGURE

0047 00-19

1 2 3 1 1 2 1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


2

1

Figure 7. Clear Outsert Assembly: M51

0047 00-20

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 02 CLEAR OUTSERT ASSEMBLY: M51 71014/12

1 2

XAOZZ PAOZZ

5140-01-539-5586

1LEW5 1LEW5

71014/7 71021/3

FIG. 7 OUTSERT, CLEAR ............................................... 1 OUTSERT POUCH ............................................... 1 END OF FIGURE

0047 00-21

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00



1




Figure 8. Special Tools: M51

0047 00-22

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0047 00


(2) SMR CODE

(3)

(4)

NSN

CAGEC

(5) PART NUMBER


(7) QTY

GROUP 99 SPECIAL TOOLS: M51 FIG. 8

1

PAOZZ

4240-01-532-7952

1LEW5

71016/8

SIZING TOOL ....................................... 1 END OF FIGURE

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047 00-23/24 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0048 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)

INTRODUCTION SCOPE This work package lists Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) to help inventory items for safe and efficient operation of the equipment. GENERAL The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists: COEI. Not applicable. There are no COEI associated with the masks. BII. Not applicable. There are no BII associated with the masks. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0049 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS

INTRODUCTION This work package lists additional items you are authorized. GENERAL This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the M50, Field or M51, Combat Vehicle masks and that do not have to be turned in with it. These items are authorized to you by Common Table of Allowances (CTA), Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE), Table of Distribution and Allowances (TDA), or Joint Table of Allowances (JTA). EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE AAL Column (1) – National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes. Column (2) – Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). Identifies the federal item name (in capital letters), followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (in parentheses) and the part number. Column (3) – Usable On Code. Not applicable. Column (4) – Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (1). Column (5) – Qty Recm. Indicates the quantity recommended.

0049 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0049 00

Table 1. Additional Authorization List (AAL). (1) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 4240-01-543-0981

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER

USABLE ON CODE

U/I

QTY RECM

EA

1

ADAPTER, AMPLIFIER, AUDIO FREQUENCY (1LEW5) 71009/6

5965-01-528-9290

ADAPTER, MICROPHONE (1LEW5) 71009/3

EA

1

4240-01-528-9294

AMPLIFIER, AUDIO FREQUENCY (1LEW5) 71009/2

EA

1

6505-01-174-9919

ANTIDOTE TREATMENT KIT NERVE AGENT (54452) FP-R-3 SINGLE KIT

EA

3

6505-01-362-7427

ANTIDOTE TREATMENT NERVE AGENT AUTO INJECTOR (54452) ATNAA

EA

3

5995-01-502-5501

CABLE ASSEMBLY, SPECIAL (22447) 92056-02

275, 2M5, 2L5

EA

1

5995-01-502-5502

CABLE ASSEMBLY, SPECIAL (22447) 92056-01

275, 2M5, 2L5

EA

1

5965-01-443-5490

CABLE, MICROPHONE (81361) 4510

275, 2M5, 2L5

EA

1

6850-01-357-8456

DECONTAMINATION KIT, INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT, M295, (81361) 5-77-3201

EA

1

6850-01-276-1905

DECONTAMINATING KIT, SKIN, M291, (81361) 5-77-2301

EA

1

6505-01-274-0951

DIAZEPAM INJECTION, USP (64616) 9-0068

EA

1

0049 00-2

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0049 00

Table 1. Additional Authorization List (AAL) – Continued (2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

DESCRIPTION, CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER

USABLE ON CODE

U/I

QTY RECM

MICROPHONE ELEMENT, 150 Ohm (81134) 938-2900

275, 2M5, 2L5

EA

1

MICROPHONE ELEMENT, 5 Ohm (81349) MIL-PRF-26542/4

275, 2M5, 2L5

EA

1

(1) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 5965-01-447-2986

5965-00-843-9957

4240-01-528-9288

OUTSERT, LASER ASSEMBLY (1LEW5) 71014/11

EA

1

4240-01-528-9287

OUTSERT, SUNLIGHT ASSEMBLY (1LEW5) 71014/10

EA

1

6665-00-050-8529

PAPER, CHEMICAL AGENT DETECTOR, M8 (81361) D5-67-266

SH

1

6505-01-178-7903

PYRIDOSTIGMINE BROMIDE TABLETS, USP (64616) 4-227

EA

1

6505-01-507-5074

REACTIVE SKIN DECONTAMINATION LOTION (3AS94) F5402E

EA

3

5340-01-539-5587

STRAP, CARRIER EXTENSION (1LEW5) 71021/4

EA

1

4240-01-529-9220

VISION CORRECTION ASSEMBLY *(1LEW5) 71014/1

EA

A/R

*Available by prescription from a medical officer or optometrist (AR 40-6). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049 00-3/4 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0050 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEM LIST

INTRODUCTION This work package lists expendable and durable items you will need to operate and maintain the M50, Field and M51, Combat Vehicle masks. This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST Column (1) – Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the material. Column (2) – Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. Column (3) – National Stock Number. This is the National Stock Number assigned to the item that you can use to requisition it. Column (4) – Description. Indicates the federal item name and, if required, a description to identify the item. The last line for each item indicates the CAGEC in parentheses followed by the part number. Column (5) – Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two character alphabetical abbreviation (for example, ea, in., pr). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.

0050 00-1

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0050 00

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEM LIST Item #

Level

NSN

1

O

6515-01-234-6838

Applicator, Disposable: plastic or wood, cotton tipped (5L934) 362

PG

2

O

6135-00-826-4798

Battery, Non-Rechargeable (90303) PC 2400

EA

3

O

8115-00-935-1140

Box, Fiber Board, Shipping (81348) PPP-B-640

EA

4

O

7920-00-061-0037

Brush, Scrub (81348) H-B-1490-6-P1

EA

O

6840-00-242-4770

45 lb. BX (81346) ASTM E 1229

BX

O

6840-00-255-0471

6 oz. BT (81348) OC114

BT

O

6840-00-238-8115

5 lb. BT (81348) OC114

BT

6

O

8305-00-222-2423

Cloth, Cheesecloth (81348) CCC-C-440

YD

7

O

8115-00-222-3715

Crate, Shipping (81336) D1152-1

EA

8

O

8135-00-116-1443

Cushioning Material (81349) MIL-P-26514

RO

9

O

8415-00-926-6696

Gloves, Rubber, Industrial:

PR

5

Description

U/I

Disinfectant, Calcium Hypochlorite, Granular:

(81349) MIL-DTL-32066 10

O

6505-00-655-8366

Isopropyl Rubbing Alcohol, USP

BT

(07TA6) NDC00395-1249-16 11

O

7240-01-094-4305

Pail, Utility: Plastic, Snap-On Lid, 5 Gallons (58536) A-A-332

EA

12

O

8520-00-228-0598

Soap, Toilet (81348) P-S-624

GL

13

O

5120-00-180-0705

Screwdriver, Jeweler’s (58536) A-A-3152

EA

14

O

5120-01-113-7149

Screwdriver, Cross Tip (55719) SDDZ42

EA

15

O

5110-00-293-3444

Shears, Straight Trimmers 6 in.

EA

(81348) GGG-S-278 16

O

7510-00-266-5016

Tape, Pressure Sensitive: 2 in. wide (81348) PPP-T-60

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050 00-2

RO

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0051 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

ITEM

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

ITEM

4240-00-377-9401

1 5 5 5 5 5 2 6 2 6 1 5 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 8 4

6 6 11 10 8 12 3 3 2 2 3 3 9 1 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 7 7 7 7 4 4 4 4 5 5 9 15 8 13 1 1

4240-01-539-3426

2 6 3 7 5 2 6 2 6 5

1 1 2 2 14 5 5 6 6 8

5965-01-277-8589 4720-01-528-9285 4240-01-528-9286 5965-01-528-9290 4820-01-528-9291 4820-01-528-9292 4240-01-529-0593 4240-01-529-0594 8465-01-529-0599 4240-01-529-0601 4240-01-529-0602 8465-01-529-1397 7690-01-529-1398 4240-01-529-1399 4240-01-529-1400 4240-01-529-2289 4240-01-529-8327 4240-01-529-8338 8465-01-529-9800 4240-01-532-7952

5140-01-539-5586 5340-01-539-5587 4240-01-539-5593 4240-01-540-2888 4240-01-548-2264

END OF WORK PACKAGE 0051 00-1/2 blank

TM 3-4240-542-13&P

0052 00

OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, FIELD, M50 AND MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL: JOINT SERVICE GENERAL PURPOSE, COMBAT VEHICLE, M51 PART NUMBER INDEX

PART NUMBER

FIG.

ITEM

M26542/8-01

5

11

71016/8

MILB51170

6 6 9 15 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 6 6 2 2 3 3 5 5 4 4 7 7 12

71016/10

71009/3

1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 5

71009/4

5

9

71012/1

5

10

71013/1

5

8

71013/2

5

8

71014/7

3 7 1 5

1 1 5 5

S17090305 71000/1 71000/2 71000/3 71003/2 71004/4 71005/2 71005/4 71006/1 71008/1/5 71008/1/17

71014/12

PART NUMBER

71018/1 71021/1 71021/2 71021/3 71021/4 71024/1

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052 00-1/2 blank

FIG.

ITEM

4 8 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 3 7 5

1 1 7 7 8 13 1 1 2 2 2 2 14

1 5

4 4

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) Director, Edgewood CB Center, ATTN: AMSSB-RBD B 5183 Blackhawk Road, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5424

Your Address

PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER TM 3-4240-542-13&P ITEM NO.

PAGE NO.

PARAGRAPH

LINE NO. *

1

0018 00-1

CAUTION

26

FIGURE NO.

TABLE NO.

TITLE Operator and Field Maintenance Manual (Including Repair Parts And Special Tools List) for Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General Purpose, Field, XM 50 RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

Change “Visor” to “eye lens” RATIONALE: Proper nomenclature

SAMPLE

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

John Smith Chief, Maintenance Branch

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PAGE NO.

COLM NO.

LINE NO.

TITLE

DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

PART III – REMARKS

REFERENCE NO.

FIGURE NO.

ITEM NO.

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

(Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

SAMPLE

TYPED NAME, GRADE, OR TITLE


SIGNATURE

UASPPC V3.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

ITEM NO.

PAGE NO.

PARAGRAPH

LINE NO. *

FIGURE NO.

TABLE NO.

TITLE

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74


SIGNATURE

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PAGE NO.

COLM NO.

LINE NO.

TITLE

DATE

PUBLICATION NUMBER

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

PART III – REMARKS

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

REFERENCE NO.

FIGURE NO.

ITEM NO.

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

(Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)


SIGNATURE

UASPPC V3.00

By Order of the Secretary of the Army: GEORGE W. CASEY, JR. General, United States Army Chief of Staff

Official: JOYCE E. MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0813602

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with initial distribution number (IDN) 280898 for TM 3-4240542-13&P. By Order of the Commandant of the Marine Corps: Official: J. L. NELSON, JR. Program Manager, Individual Protection Equipment Marine Corps Systems Command

JAMES T. CONWAY Commandant of the Marine Corps

By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force: Official:

BRUCE CARLSON General, USAF Commander, Air Force Materiel Command

MICHAEL T. MOSELEY General, USAF Chief of Staff

PIN:

083841-000

TM 3-4240-542-13&P M50 AND M51 JSGPM MAY 2008

Recommend Documents